1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
132                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
133                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
134   // Find the first parent class template context, if any.
135   // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates.
136   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
137   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
138     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
139     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
140       break;
141   }
142   if (!RD)
143     return ParsedType();
144 
145   // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
146   // templates.
147   bool FoundTypeDecl = false;
148   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
149     auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
150     if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
151       continue;
152     auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
153     if (!TD)
154       continue;
155     auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
156         dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
157     if (!BasePrimaryTemplate)
158       continue;
159     // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly
160     // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism.
161     for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) {
162       if (FoundTypeDecl)
163         return ParsedType();
164       FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND);
165       if (!FoundTypeDecl)
166         return ParsedType();
167     }
168   }
169   if (!FoundTypeDecl)
170     return ParsedType();
171 
172   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
173   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
174   // lookup during template instantiation.
175   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
176 
177   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
178   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
179                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
180   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
181 
182   CXXScopeSpec SS;
183   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
184 
185   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
186   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
187   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
188   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
189   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
190   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
191 }
192 
193 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
194 /// return the declaration of that type.
195 ///
196 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
197 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
198 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
199 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
200 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
201 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
202                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
203                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
204                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
205                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
206                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
207                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
208   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
209   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
210   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
211     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
212     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
213       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
214   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
215     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
216 
217     if (!LookupCtx) {
218       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
219         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
220         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
221         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
222         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
223         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
224         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
225         //
226         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
227         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
228         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
229           return ParsedType();
230 
231         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
232         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
233         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
234           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
235 
236         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
237         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
238                                        II, NameLoc);
239         return ParsedType::make(T);
240       }
241 
242       return ParsedType();
243     }
244 
245     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
246         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
247       return ParsedType();
248   }
249 
250   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
251   // lookup for class-names.
252   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
253                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
254   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
255   if (LookupCtx) {
256     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
257     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
258     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
259     // nested-name-specifier.
260     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
261 
262     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
263       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
264       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
265       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
266       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
267       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
268       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
269       LookupName(Result, S);
270     }
271   } else {
272     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
273     LookupName(Result, S);
274 
275     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
276     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
277     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
278       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
279               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
280         return TypeInBase;
281     }
282   }
283 
284   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
285   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
286   case LookupResult::NotFound:
287   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
288     if (CorrectedII) {
289       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(
290           Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS,
291           llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName),
292           CTK_ErrorRecovery);
293       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
294       TemplateTy Template;
295       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
296       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
297       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
298       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
299       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
300       if (SS && NNS) {
301         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
302         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
303       }
304       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
305           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
306           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
307           // is handled elsewhere).
308           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
309             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
310                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
311         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
312                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
313                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
314                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
315         if (Ty) {
316           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
317                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
318                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
319           if (SS && NNS)
320             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
321           *CorrectedII = NewII;
322           return Ty;
323         }
324       }
325     }
326     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
327   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
328   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
329     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
330     return ParsedType();
331 
332   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
333     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
334     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
335     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
336     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
337     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
338     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
339       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
340       return ParsedType();
341     }
342 
343     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
344     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
345          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
346       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
347         if (!IIDecl ||
348             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
349               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
350           IIDecl = *Res;
351       }
352     }
353 
354     if (!IIDecl) {
355       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
356       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
357       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
358       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
359       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
360       // a type name.
361       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
362       return ParsedType();
363     }
364 
365     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
366     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
367     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
368     // perform the name lookup again.
369     break;
370 
371   case LookupResult::Found:
372     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
373     break;
374   }
375 
376   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
377 
378   QualType T;
379   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
380     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
381 
382     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
383     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
384 
385     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
386     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
387     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
388     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
389       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
390         // Construct a type with type-source information.
391         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
392         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
393 
394         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
395         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
396         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
397         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
398         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
399       } else {
400         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
401       }
402     }
403   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
404     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
405     if (!HasTrailingDot)
406       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
407   }
408 
409   if (T.isNull()) {
410     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
411     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
412     return ParsedType();
413   }
414   return ParsedType::make(T);
415 }
416 
417 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
418 static NestedNameSpecifier *
419 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
420   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
421     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
422     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
423     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
424       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
425     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
426       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
427                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
428     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
429       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
430   }
431   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
432 }
433 
434 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
435                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
436   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
437   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
438   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
439 
440   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
441   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
442   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
443   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
444       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
445   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
446 
447   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
448   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
449   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
450   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
451   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
452 
453   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
454   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
455   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
456   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
457   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
458   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
459 }
460 
461 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
462 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
463 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
464 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
465 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
466 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
467   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
468   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
469   LookupName(R, S, false);
470   R.suppressDiagnostics();
471   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
472     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
473       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
474       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
475       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
476       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
477       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
478       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
479       }
480     }
481 
482   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
483 }
484 
485 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
486 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
487 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
488 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
489 /// @code
490 /// template<class T> class A {
491 /// public:
492 ///   typedef int TYPE;
493 /// };
494 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
495 /// public:
496 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
497 /// };
498 /// @endcode
499 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
500   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
501     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
502       return true;
503 
504     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
505 
506     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
507     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
508       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
509         return true;
510     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
511   }
512   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
513 }
514 
515 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
516                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
517                                    Scope *S,
518                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
519                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
520                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
521   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
522   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
523 
524   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
525   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
526   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
527           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
528                       llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(
529                           false, false, AllowClassTemplates),
530                       CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
531     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
532       // We corrected to a keyword.
533       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
534       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
535     } else {
536       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
537       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
538         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
539                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
540       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
541         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
542         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
543                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
544         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
545                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
546                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
547       } else {
548         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
549       }
550 
551       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
552       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
553         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
554                           SourceRange(IILoc));
555       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
556                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
557                                   false, ParsedType(),
558                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
559                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
560     }
561     return;
562   }
563 
564   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
565     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
566     UnqualifiedId Name;
567     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
568     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
569     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
570     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
571     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
572                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
573                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
574       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
575       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
576       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
577         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
578           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
579       }
580       return;
581     }
582   }
583 
584   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
585   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
586 
587   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
588     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
589   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
590     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
591       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
592   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
593     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
594     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
595       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
596 
597     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
598       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
599       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
600       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
601     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
602                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
603   } else {
604     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
605            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
606   }
607 }
608 
609 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
610 /// or
611 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
612   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
613                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
614 
615   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
616     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
617       return true;
618 
619     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
620       return true;
621   }
622 
623   return false;
624 }
625 
626 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
627                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
628                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
629                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
630   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
631   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
632   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
633     StringRef FixItTagName;
634     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
635       case TTK_Class:
636         FixItTagName = "class ";
637         break;
638 
639       case TTK_Enum:
640         FixItTagName = "enum ";
641         break;
642 
643       case TTK_Struct:
644         FixItTagName = "struct ";
645         break;
646 
647       case TTK_Interface:
648         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
649         break;
650 
651       case TTK_Union:
652         FixItTagName = "union ";
653         break;
654     }
655 
656     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
657     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
658       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
659       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
660 
661     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
662          I != IEnd; ++I)
663       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
664         << Name << TagName;
665 
666     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
667     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
668     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
669     return true;
670   }
671 
672   return false;
673 }
674 
675 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
676 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
677                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
678   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
679 
680   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
681   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
682 
683   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
684   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
685   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
686   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
687   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
688 }
689 
690 Sema::NameClassification
691 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
692                    SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
693                    bool IsAddressOfOperand,
694                    std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) {
695   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
696   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
697 
698   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
699     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
700                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
701   }
702 
703   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
704   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
705 
706   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
707   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
708   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
709     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
710             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
711       return TypeInBase;
712   }
713 
714   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
715   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
716   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
717   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
718   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
719     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
720     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
721       return E;
722   }
723 
724   bool SecondTry = false;
725   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
726 
727 Corrected:
728   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
729   case LookupResult::NotFound:
730     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
731     // call.
732     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
733       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
734       // FIXME: Reference?
735       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
736         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
737 
738       // C90 6.3.2.2:
739       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
740       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
741       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
742       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
743       //   the function call, the declaration
744       //
745       //     extern int identifier ();
746       //
747       //   appeared.
748       //
749       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
750       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
751         Result.addDecl(D);
752         Result.resolveKind();
753         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
754       }
755     }
756 
757     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
758     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
759     // "struct", or "union".
760     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
761         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
762       break;
763     }
764 
765     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
766     // close to this name.
767     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
768       SecondTry = true;
769       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
770                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
771                                                  &SS, std::move(CCC),
772                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
773         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
774         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
775 
776         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
777         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
778           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
779         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
780             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
781           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
782           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
783         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
784                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
785                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
786                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
787           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
788           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
789         }
790 
791         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
792           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
793         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
794           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
795           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
796                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
797           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
798                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
799                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
800         }
801 
802         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
803         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
804 
805         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
806         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
807           return Name;
808 
809         // Also update the LookupResult...
810         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
811         Result.clear();
812         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
813         if (FirstDecl)
814           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
815 
816         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
817         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
818         // reference the ivar.
819         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
820         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
821           Result.clear();
822           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
823           return E;
824         }
825 
826         goto Corrected;
827       }
828     }
829 
830     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
831     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
832     return NameClassification::Unknown();
833 
834   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
835     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
836     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
837     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
838 
839     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
840     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
841     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
842     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
843     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
844     //
845     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
846     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
847     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
848     // keyword here.
849     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
850                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
851                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
852   }
853 
854   case LookupResult::Found:
855   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
856   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
857     break;
858 
859   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
860     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
861         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
862       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
863       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
864       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
865       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
866       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
867       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
868       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
869       //   ambiguous.
870       //
871       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
872       // so try again after filtering out template names.
873       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
874       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
875         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
876         break;
877       }
878     }
879 
880     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
881     return NameClassification::Error();
882   }
883 
884   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
885       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
886     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
887     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
888     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
889     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
890     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
891     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
892     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
893       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
894 
895     if (!Result.empty()) {
896       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
897       bool IsVarTemplate;
898       TemplateName Template;
899       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
900         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
901         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
902                                                      Result.end());
903       } else {
904         TemplateDecl *TD
905           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
906         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
907         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
908 
909         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
910           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
911                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
912                                                       TD);
913         else
914           Template = TemplateName(TD);
915       }
916 
917       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
918         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
919         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
920         // to based on which function we selected.
921         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
922 
923         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
924       }
925 
926       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
927                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
928     }
929   }
930 
931   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
932   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
933     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
934     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
935     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
936     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
937       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
938     return ParsedType::make(T);
939   }
940 
941   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
942   if (!Class) {
943     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
944     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
945             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
946       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
947   }
948 
949   if (Class) {
950     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
951 
952     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
953       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
954       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
955       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
956       return NameClassification::Unknown();
957     }
958 
959     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
960     return ParsedType::make(T);
961   }
962 
963   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
964   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
965     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
966         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
967 
968   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
969   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
970   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
971   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
972        (NextIsOp &&
973         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
974       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
975     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
976     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
977     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
978     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
979       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
980     return ParsedType::make(T);
981   }
982 
983   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
984     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
985                                            nullptr);
986 
987   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
988   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
989 }
990 
991 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
992 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
993 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
994 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
995 
996   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
997   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
998   // the context we'll need to return to.
999   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
1000   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
1001   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
1002   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
1003   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
1004   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
1005   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
1006   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1007   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1008   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1009     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1010 
1011     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1012     // lexical context.
1013     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1014       return DC;
1015 
1016     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1017     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1018     // class is the context we need to return to.
1019     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1020       DC = RD;
1021 
1022     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1023     // declared in.
1024     return DC;
1025   }
1026 
1027   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1028 }
1029 
1030 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1031   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1032       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1033   CurContext = DC;
1034   S->setEntity(DC);
1035 }
1036 
1037 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1038   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1039 
1040   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1041   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1042 }
1043 
1044 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1045 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1046 ///
1047 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1048   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1049   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1050   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1051   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1052   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1053   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1054   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1055   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1056   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1057   //   namespace.
1058   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1059   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1060   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1061   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1062   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1063 
1064   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1065 
1066 #ifndef NDEBUG
1067   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1068   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1069   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1070 #endif
1071 
1072   CurContext = DC;
1073   S->setEntity(DC);
1074 }
1075 
1076 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1077   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1078 
1079   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1080   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1081   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1082   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1083   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1084 
1085   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1086   // disappear.
1087 }
1088 
1089 
1090 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1091   // We assume that the caller has already called
1092   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1093   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1094   if (!FD)
1095     return;
1096 
1097   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1098   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1099   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1100     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1101   CurContext = FD;
1102   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1103 
1104   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1105     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1106     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1107     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1108       S->AddDecl(Param);
1109       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1110     }
1111   }
1112 }
1113 
1114 
1115 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1116   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1117   // rather than the top-level class.
1118   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1119   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1120   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1121 }
1122 
1123 
1124 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1125 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1126 ///
1127 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1128 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1129 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1130 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1131 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1132 /// attribute.
1133 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1134                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1135   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1136     return true;
1137 
1138   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1139     return true;
1140 
1141   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1142           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1143 }
1144 
1145 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1146 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1147   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1148   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1149   // scope.
1150   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1151     S = S->getParent();
1152 
1153   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1154   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1155   // into any context.
1156   if (AddToContext)
1157     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1158 
1159   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1160   // are function-local declarations.
1161   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1162       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1163         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1164       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1165     return;
1166 
1167   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1168   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1169       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1170     return;
1171 
1172   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1173   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1174                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1175   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1176     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1177       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1178       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1179 
1180       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1181       break;
1182     }
1183   }
1184 
1185   S->AddDecl(D);
1186 
1187   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1188     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1189     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1190     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1191     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1192       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1193       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1194         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1195           continue;
1196       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1197         break;
1198     }
1199 
1200     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1201   } else {
1202     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1203   }
1204 }
1205 
1206 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1207   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1208     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1209 }
1210 
1211 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1212                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1213   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1214 }
1215 
1216 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1217   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1218   do {
1219     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1220       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1221         return S;
1222   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1223 
1224   return nullptr;
1225 }
1226 
1227 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1228                                             DeclContext*,
1229                                             ASTContext&);
1230 
1231 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1232 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1233 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1234                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1235                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1236   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1237   while (F.hasNext()) {
1238     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1239 
1240     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1241       continue;
1242 
1243     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1244       continue;
1245 
1246     F.erase();
1247   }
1248 
1249   F.done();
1250 }
1251 
1252 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1253   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1254          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1255          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1256 }
1257 
1258 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1259 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1260   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1261   while (F.hasNext())
1262     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1263       F.erase();
1264 
1265   F.done();
1266 }
1267 
1268 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1269 /// @code
1270 /// class S {
1271 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1272 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1273 /// };
1274 /// @endcode
1275 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1276   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1277   // the decl here.
1278   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1279     return false;
1280 
1281   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1282     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1283   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1284     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1285   return false;
1286 }
1287 
1288 // We need this to handle
1289 //
1290 // typedef struct {
1291 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1292 // } A;
1293 //
1294 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1295 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1296 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1297 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1298 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1299 // not.
1300 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1301   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1302   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1303     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1304       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1305         return true;
1306     }
1307     DC = DC->getParent();
1308   }
1309 
1310   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1311 }
1312 
1313 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1314 // these semantics.
1315 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1316   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1317     return false;
1318   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1319 }
1320 
1321 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1322   assert(D);
1323 
1324   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1325     return false;
1326 
1327   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1328   // of members of class templates.
1329   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1330       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1331     return false;
1332 
1333   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1334     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1335       return false;
1336 
1337     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1338       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1339         return false;
1340     } else {
1341       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1342       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1343         return false;
1344     }
1345 
1346     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1347         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1348       return false;
1349   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1350     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1351     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1352     // like "inline".)
1353     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1354       return false;
1355 
1356     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1357       return false;
1358 
1359     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1360         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1361       return false;
1362   } else {
1363     return false;
1364   }
1365 
1366   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1367   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1368   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1369   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1370 }
1371 
1372 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1373   if (!D)
1374     return;
1375 
1376   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1377     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1378     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1379       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1380   }
1381 
1382   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1383     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1384     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1385       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1386   }
1387 
1388   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1389     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1390 }
1391 
1392 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1393   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1394     return false;
1395 
1396   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1397       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1398     return false;
1399 
1400   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1401     return true;
1402 
1403   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1404   // functions.
1405   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1406   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1407     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1408     WithinFunction =
1409         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1410   if (!WithinFunction)
1411     return false;
1412 
1413   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1414     return true;
1415 
1416   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1417   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1418     return false;
1419 
1420   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1421   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1422 
1423     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1424     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1425 
1426     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1427     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1428       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1429         return false;
1430     }
1431 
1432     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1433     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1434     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1435       return false;
1436 
1437     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1438       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1439       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1440         return false;
1441 
1442       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1443         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1444           return false;
1445 
1446         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1447           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1448                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1449             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1450           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1451             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1452           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1453             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1454             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1455               return false;
1456           }
1457         }
1458       }
1459     }
1460 
1461     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1462   }
1463 
1464   return true;
1465 }
1466 
1467 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1468                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1469   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1470     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1471                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1472     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1473       return;
1474     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1475                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1476   }
1477   return;
1478 }
1479 
1480 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1481   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1482     return;
1483 
1484   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1485     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1486       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1487     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1488       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1489   }
1490 }
1491 
1492 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1493 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1494 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1495   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1496     return;
1497 
1498   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1499     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1500     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1501     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1502     return;
1503   }
1504 
1505   FixItHint Hint;
1506   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1507 
1508   unsigned DiagID;
1509   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1510     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1511   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1512     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1513   else
1514     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1515 
1516   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1517 }
1518 
1519 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1520   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1521   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1522   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1523   // MS inline assembly label name.
1524   bool Diagnose = false;
1525   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1526     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1527   else
1528     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1529   if (Diagnose)
1530     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1531 }
1532 
1533 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1534   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1535 
1536   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1537   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1538          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1539 
1540   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1541     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1542 
1543     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1544     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1545 
1546     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1547 
1548     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1549     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1550       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1551       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1552         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1553     }
1554 
1555     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1556     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1557       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1558 
1559     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1560     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1561   }
1562 }
1563 
1564 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1565 ///
1566 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1567 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1568 /// to the fixed name.
1569 ///
1570 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1571 ///
1572 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1573 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1574 ///
1575 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1576 /// class could not be found.
1577 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1578                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1579                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1580   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1581   // creation from this context.
1582   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1583 
1584   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1585     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1586     // find an Objective-C class name.
1587     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(
1588             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1589             llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(),
1590             CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1591       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1592       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1593       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1594     }
1595   }
1596   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1597   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1598   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1599       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1600   return Def;
1601 }
1602 
1603 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1604 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1605 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1606 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1607 /// ill-formed in C++:
1608 /// @code
1609 /// struct S6 {
1610 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1611 /// };
1612 ///
1613 /// void test_S6() {
1614 ///   struct S6 a;
1615 ///   a.e = BAR;
1616 /// }
1617 /// @endcode
1618 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1619 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1620 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1621 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1622 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1623 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1624 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1625 /// contain non-field names.
1626 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1627   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1628          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1629          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1630     S = S->getParent();
1631   return S;
1632 }
1633 
1634 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1635 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1636 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1637 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1638 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1639                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1640   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1641     return;
1642   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1643 
1644   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1645                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1646   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1647   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1648     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1649       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1650 }
1651 
1652 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1653   switch (Error) {
1654   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1655     return "";
1656   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1657     return "stdio.h";
1658   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1659     return "setjmp.h";
1660   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1661     return "ucontext.h";
1662   }
1663   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1664 }
1665 
1666 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1667 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1668 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1669 /// built-in.
1670 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
1671                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1672                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1673   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1674 
1675   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1676   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
1677   if (Error) {
1678     if (ForRedeclaration)
1679       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1680           << getHeaderName(Error)
1681           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1682     return nullptr;
1683   }
1684 
1685   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) {
1686     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1687       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID)
1688       << R;
1689     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) &&
1690         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1691       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1692           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID)
1693           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID);
1694   }
1695 
1696   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1697   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1698     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1699         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1700                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1701     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1702     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1703     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1704   }
1705 
1706   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1707                                            Parent,
1708                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1709                                            SC_Extern,
1710                                            false,
1711                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1712   New->setImplicit();
1713 
1714   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1715   // FunctionDecl.
1716   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1717     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1718     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1719       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1720           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1721                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1722                               SC_None, nullptr);
1723       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1724       Params.push_back(parm);
1725     }
1726     New->setParams(Params);
1727   }
1728 
1729   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1730   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1731 
1732   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1733   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1734   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1735   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1736   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1737   CurContext = Parent;
1738   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1739   CurContext = SavedContext;
1740   return New;
1741 }
1742 
1743 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1744 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1745 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1746 /// entity.
1747 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1748                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1749                                               LookupResult &previous){
1750   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1751   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1752     return;
1753 
1754   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1755   if (previous.empty())
1756     return;
1757 
1758   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1759   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1760     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1761 
1762     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1763     if (!old->isHidden())
1764       continue;
1765 
1766     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1767       filter.erase();
1768   }
1769 
1770   filter.done();
1771 }
1772 
1773 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
1774 /// entity if their types are the same.
1775 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
1776 /// isSameEntity.
1777 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context,
1778                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
1779                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
1780   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1781   if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1782     return;
1783 
1784   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1785   if (Previous.empty())
1786     return;
1787 
1788   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
1789   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
1790     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
1791 
1792     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1793     if (!Old->isHidden())
1794       continue;
1795 
1796     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
1797     // different linkages.
1798     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1799       if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
1800                               Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
1801         continue;
1802 
1803     if (!Old->isExternallyVisible())
1804       Filter.erase();
1805   }
1806 
1807   Filter.done();
1808 }
1809 
1810 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1811   QualType OldType;
1812   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1813     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1814   else
1815     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1816   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1817 
1818   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1819     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1820     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1821     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1822       << Kind << NewType;
1823     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1824       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1825     New->setInvalidDecl();
1826     return true;
1827   }
1828 
1829   if (OldType != NewType &&
1830       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1831       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1832       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1833     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1834     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1835       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1836     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1837       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1838     New->setInvalidDecl();
1839     return true;
1840   }
1841   return false;
1842 }
1843 
1844 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1845 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1846 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1847 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1848 ///
1849 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1850   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1851   // merging checks.
1852   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1853 
1854   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1855   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1856   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1857     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1858     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1859     default: break;
1860     case 2:
1861       {
1862         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1863           break;
1864         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1865         if (!T->isPointerType())
1866           break;
1867         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1868           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1869           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1870             break;
1871         }
1872         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1873         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1874         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1875         return;
1876       }
1877     case 5:
1878       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1879         break;
1880       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1881       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1882       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1883       return;
1884     case 3:
1885       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1886         break;
1887       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1888       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1889       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1890       return;
1891     }
1892     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1893   }
1894 
1895   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1896   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1897   if (!Old) {
1898     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1899       << New->getDeclName();
1900 
1901     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1902     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1903       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1904 
1905     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1906   }
1907 
1908   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1909   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1910     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1911 
1912   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1913   // with any extensions enabled.
1914   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1915     return;
1916 
1917   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1918   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1919   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1920     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1921     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1922   }
1923 
1924   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1925     return;
1926 
1927   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1928     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1929     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1930     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1931     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1932     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1933       return;
1934 
1935     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1936     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1937     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1938     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1939     //
1940     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1941     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1942     //
1943     //   struct S {
1944     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1945     //   };
1946     //
1947     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1948     // allow the above but disallow
1949     //
1950     //   struct S {
1951     //     typedef int I;
1952     //     typedef int I;
1953     //   };
1954     //
1955     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1956     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1957       return;
1958 
1959     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1960       << New->getDeclName();
1961     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1962     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1963   }
1964 
1965   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1966   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1967     return;
1968 
1969   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1970   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1971   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1972   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1973   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1974       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1975        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1976     return;
1977 
1978   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
1979     << New->getDeclName();
1980   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1981   return;
1982 }
1983 
1984 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1985 /// attribute.
1986 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1987   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1988   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1989   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
1990     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1991       if (Ann) {
1992         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
1993           return true;
1994         continue;
1995       }
1996       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1997       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
1998         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
1999       return true;
2000     }
2001 
2002   return false;
2003 }
2004 
2005 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2006   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2007     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2008   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2009     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2010   return true;
2011 }
2012 
2013 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2014 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2015 ///
2016 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2017 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2018   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2019   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2020   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2021   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2022   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2023   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2024     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2025     // in a case like:
2026     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2027     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2028     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2029     // definition in such a case.
2030     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2031       return false;
2032 
2033     if (I->isAlignas())
2034       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2035 
2036     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2037     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2038       OldAlign = Align;
2039       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2040     }
2041   }
2042 
2043   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2044   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2045   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2046   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2047     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2048       return false;
2049 
2050     if (I->isAlignas())
2051       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2052 
2053     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2054     if (Align > NewAlign)
2055       NewAlign = Align;
2056   }
2057 
2058   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2059     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2060     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2061     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2062     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2063 
2064     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2065     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2066     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2067       QualType Ty;
2068       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2069         Ty = VD->getType();
2070       else
2071         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2072 
2073       if (OldAlign == 0)
2074         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2075       if (NewAlign == 0)
2076         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2077     }
2078 
2079     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2080       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2081         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2082         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2083       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2084     }
2085   }
2086 
2087   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2088     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2089     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2090     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2091     //   equivalent alignment.
2092     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2093     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2094     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2095     //   have no alignment specifier.
2096     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2097       << OldAlignasAttr;
2098     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2099       << OldAlignasAttr;
2100   }
2101 
2102   bool AnyAdded = false;
2103 
2104   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2105   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2106     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2107     Clone->setInherited(true);
2108     New->addAttr(Clone);
2109     AnyAdded = true;
2110   }
2111 
2112   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2113   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2114       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2115     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2116     Clone->setInherited(true);
2117     New->addAttr(Clone);
2118     AnyAdded = true;
2119   }
2120 
2121   return AnyAdded;
2122 }
2123 
2124 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2125                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2126   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2127   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2128   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2129     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2130                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2131                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2132                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2133                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2134   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2135     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2136                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2137   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2138     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2139                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2140   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2141     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2142                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2143   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2144     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2145                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2146   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2147     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2148                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2149                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2150   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2151     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2152                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2153   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2154     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2155                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2156                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2157   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2158     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2159     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2160     NewAttr = nullptr;
2161   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2162     NewAttr = nullptr;
2163   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2164     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2165 
2166   if (NewAttr) {
2167     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2168     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2169     return true;
2170   }
2171 
2172   return false;
2173 }
2174 
2175 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2176   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2177     return TD->getDefinition();
2178   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2179     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2180     if (Def)
2181       return Def;
2182     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2183   }
2184   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2185     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2186     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2187       return Def;
2188   }
2189   return nullptr;
2190 }
2191 
2192 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2193   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2194     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2195       return true;
2196   return false;
2197 }
2198 
2199 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2200 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2201 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2202   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2203     return;
2204 
2205   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2206   if (!Def || Def == New)
2207     return;
2208 
2209   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2210   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2211     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2212 
2213     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2214       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2215         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2216       else {
2217         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2218         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2219                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2220                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2221                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2222         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2223         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2224         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2225       }
2226       ++I;
2227       continue;
2228     }
2229 
2230     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2231       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2232       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2233         ++I;
2234         continue;
2235       }
2236     }
2237 
2238     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2239       ++I;
2240       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2241     }
2242 
2243     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2244       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2245       ++I;
2246       continue;
2247     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2248       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2249         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2250         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2251         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2252         //   equivalent alignment.
2253         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2254         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2255         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2256         //   have no alignment specifier.
2257         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2258           << AA;
2259         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2260           << AA;
2261         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2262         --E;
2263         continue;
2264       }
2265     }
2266 
2267     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2268            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2269     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2270     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2271     --E;
2272   }
2273 }
2274 
2275 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2276 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2277                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2278   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2279     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2280     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2281     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2282   }
2283 
2284   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2285     return;
2286 
2287   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2288   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2289 
2290   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2291     return;
2292 
2293   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2294 
2295   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2296   // we process them.
2297   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2298 
2299   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2300     bool Override = false;
2301     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2302     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2303         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2304         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2305       switch (AMK) {
2306       case AMK_None:
2307         continue;
2308 
2309       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2310         break;
2311 
2312       case AMK_Override:
2313         Override = true;
2314         break;
2315       }
2316     }
2317 
2318     // Already handled.
2319     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2320       continue;
2321 
2322     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2323       foundAny = true;
2324   }
2325 
2326   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2327     foundAny = true;
2328 
2329   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2330 }
2331 
2332 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2333 /// to the new one.
2334 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2335                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2336                                      Sema &S) {
2337   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2338   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2339   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2340   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2341   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2342   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2343     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2344            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2345     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2346     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2347     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2348       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2349     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2350       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2351     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2352            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2353   }
2354 
2355   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2356     return;
2357 
2358   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2359 
2360   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2361   // done before we process them.
2362   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2363 
2364   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2365     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2366       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2367         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2368       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2369       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2370       foundAny = true;
2371     }
2372   }
2373 
2374   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2375 }
2376 
2377 namespace {
2378 
2379 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2380 /// C.
2381 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2382   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2383   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2384   QualType PromotedType;
2385 };
2386 
2387 }
2388 
2389 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2390 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2391   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2392     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2393       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2394 
2395     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2396       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2397 
2398     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2399       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2400   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2401     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2402   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2403     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2404   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2405     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2406   }
2407 
2408   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2409 }
2410 
2411 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2412 // declaration, or a declaration.
2413 template <typename T>
2414 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2415 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2416   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2417   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2418   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2419     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2420   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2421     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2422     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2423       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2424   } else
2425     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2426   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2427 }
2428 
2429 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2430 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2431 /// GNU89 mode.
2432 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2433                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2434   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2435           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2436           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2437           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2438 }
2439 
2440 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2441   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2442   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2443     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2444   return AT;
2445 }
2446 
2447 template <typename T>
2448 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2449   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2450   if (DC->isRecord())
2451     return false;
2452 
2453   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2454   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2455     return true;
2456   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2457     return true;
2458   return false;
2459 }
2460 
2461 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2462 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2463 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2464 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2465 ///
2466 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2467 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2468 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2469 /// merged with.
2470 ///
2471 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2472 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2473                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2474   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2475   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2476   if (!Old) {
2477     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2478       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2479         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2480         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2481              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2482         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2483              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2484         return true;
2485       }
2486 
2487       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2488       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2489       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2490       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2491       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2492 
2493       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2494       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2495       if (Old &&
2496           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2497               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2498           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2499         Old = nullptr;
2500 
2501       if (!Old) {
2502         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2503         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2504              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2505         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2506         return true;
2507       }
2508       OldD = Old;
2509     } else {
2510       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2511         << New->getDeclName();
2512       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2513       return true;
2514     }
2515   }
2516 
2517   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2518   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2519     return true;
2520 
2521   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2522   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2523   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2524       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2525 
2526   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2527   // is an extern inline function.
2528   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2529   // storage classes.
2530   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2531       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2532       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2533       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2534       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2535     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2536       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2537       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2538     } else {
2539       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2540       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2541       return true;
2542     }
2543   }
2544 
2545 
2546   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2547   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2548   // convention of the first.
2549   //
2550   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2551   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2552   //
2553   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2554   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2555   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2556   //
2557   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2558   // other tests to run.
2559   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2560   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2561   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2562   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2563   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2564   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2565   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2566 
2567   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2568     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2569     const FunctionType *FT =
2570         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2571     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2572     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2573     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2574       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2575       // there but not here.
2576       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2577       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2578     } else {
2579       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2580       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2581       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2582         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2583         << !FirstCCExplicit
2584         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2585             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2586 
2587       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2588       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2589       return true;
2590     }
2591   }
2592 
2593   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2594   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2595     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2596     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2597   }
2598 
2599   // Merge regparm attribute.
2600   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2601       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2602     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2603       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2604         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2605         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2606       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2607       return true;
2608     }
2609 
2610     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2611     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2612   }
2613 
2614   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2615   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2616     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2617       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2618       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2619       return true;
2620     }
2621 
2622     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2623     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2624   }
2625 
2626   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2627     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2628     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2629     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2630     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2631     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2632   }
2633 
2634   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2635   // UndefinedButUsed.
2636   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2637       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2638       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2639       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2640       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2641     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2642                                            SourceLocation()));
2643 
2644   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2645   // about it.
2646   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2647       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2648     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2649   }
2650 
2651   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2652     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2653     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2654     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2655     //        cannot be overloaded.
2656 
2657     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2658     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2659     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2660     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2661     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2662     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2663         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2664              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2665              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2666     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2667         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2668              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2669              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2670     QualType ResQT;
2671     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2672         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2673           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2674       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2675           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2676         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2677       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2678         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2679           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2680               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2681         else
2682           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2683               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2684         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2685                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2686         return true;
2687       }
2688       else
2689         NewQType = ResQT;
2690     }
2691 
2692     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2693     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2694     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2695       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2696       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2697       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2698       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2699         New->setType(
2700             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2701                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2702                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2703         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2704             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2705                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2706                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2707       }
2708     }
2709 
2710     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2711     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2712     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2713       // Preserve triviality.
2714       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2715 
2716       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2717       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2718       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2719       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2720                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2721                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2722       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2723 
2724       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2725           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2726         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2727         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2728         //       is a static member function declaration.
2729         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2730           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2731           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2732           return true;
2733         }
2734 
2735         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2736         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2737         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2738         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2739         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2740           unsigned NewDiag;
2741           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2742             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2743           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2744             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2745           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2746             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2747           else
2748             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2749 
2750           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2751         } else {
2752           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2753             << New << New->getType();
2754         }
2755         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2756 
2757       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2758       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2759       //
2760       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2761       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2762       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2763         if (isFriend) {
2764           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2765         } else {
2766           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2767                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2768             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2769           return true;
2770         }
2771       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2772         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2773              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2774           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2775         return true;
2776       }
2777     }
2778 
2779     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2780     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2781     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2782     //   attribute.
2783     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2784     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2785       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2786       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2787            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2788     }
2789 
2790     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2791     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2792     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2793     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2794     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2795     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2796       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2797            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2798       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2799            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2800     }
2801 
2802     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2803     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2804     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2805     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2806 
2807     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2808     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2809     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2810       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2811       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2812         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2813       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2814       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2815     }
2816 
2817     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2818       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2819       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2820       //
2821       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2822       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2823       // linkage within class scope.
2824       //
2825       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2826       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2827         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2828         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2829       } else {
2830         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2831         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2832         return true;
2833       }
2834     }
2835 
2836     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2837       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2838 
2839     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2840         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2841       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2842       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2843       // when we instantiate the function.
2844       return false;
2845     }
2846 
2847     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2848   }
2849 
2850   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2851   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2852   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2853       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2854     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2855     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2856     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2857     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2858         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2859       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2860       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2861       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2862       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2863       NewQType =
2864           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2865                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2866       New->setType(NewQType);
2867       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2868 
2869       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2870       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2871       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2872         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2873                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2874                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2875                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2876         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2877         Param->setImplicit();
2878         Params.push_back(Param);
2879       }
2880 
2881       New->setParams(Params);
2882     }
2883 
2884     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2885   }
2886 
2887   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2888   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2889   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2890   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2891   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2892   // the prototype.
2893   //
2894   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2895   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2896   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2897   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2898   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2899       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2900       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2901       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2902     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2903     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2904     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2905       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2906     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2907       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2908 
2909     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2910     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2911                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2912     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2913     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2914          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2915       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2916       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2917       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2918                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2919         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2920       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2921                                             NewParm->getType(),
2922                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2923         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2924                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2925         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2926         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2927       } else
2928         LooseCompatible = false;
2929     }
2930 
2931     if (LooseCompatible) {
2932       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2933         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2934              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2935           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2936           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2937         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2938           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2939                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2940       }
2941 
2942       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2943         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2944                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2945       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2946     }
2947 
2948     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2949   }
2950 
2951   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2952   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2953 
2954   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2955   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2956   unsigned BuiltinID;
2957   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2958     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2959     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2960     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2961       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2962       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2963         << Old << Old->getType();
2964 
2965       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2966       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2967       //
2968       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2969       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2970       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2971       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2972       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2973       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2974         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2975 
2976       return false;
2977     }
2978 
2979     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2980   }
2981 
2982   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2983   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2984   return true;
2985 }
2986 
2987 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2988 /// known to be compatible.
2989 ///
2990 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2991 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2992 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2993 /// redeclaration of Old.
2994 ///
2995 /// \returns false
2996 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2997                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2998   // Merge the attributes
2999   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3000 
3001   // Merge "pure" flag.
3002   if (Old->isPure())
3003     New->setPure();
3004 
3005   // Merge "used" flag.
3006   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3007     New->setIsUsed();
3008 
3009   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3010   // declarations.
3011   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3012     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
3013       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
3014                                *this);
3015 
3016   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3017     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3018 
3019   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3020   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3021   // was visible.
3022   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3023   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3024     New->setType(Merged);
3025 
3026   return false;
3027 }
3028 
3029 
3030 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3031                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3032 
3033   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3034   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3035     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3036                                                    : AMK_Override;
3037   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3038 
3039   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3040   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3041                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3042   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3043          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3044        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3045     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3046 
3047   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3048 }
3049 
3050 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3051 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3052 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3053 ///
3054 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3055 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3056 /// is attached.
3057 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3058                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3059   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3060     return;
3061 
3062   QualType MergedT;
3063   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3064     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3065       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3066       return;
3067     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3068       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3069       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3070     }
3071     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3072     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3073     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3074     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3075     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3076     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
3077              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3078       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3079       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3080       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3081                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3082         MergedT = New->getType();
3083     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3084                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3085       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3086       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3087       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3088                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3089         MergedT = Old->getType();
3090     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3091                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3092       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3093                                               Old->getType());
3094     }
3095   } else {
3096     // C 6.2.7p2:
3097     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3098     //   compatible type.
3099     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3100   }
3101   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3102     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3103     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3104     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3105     // equivalent.
3106     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3107     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3108          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3109       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3110       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3111       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3112       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3113         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3114       return;
3115     }
3116 
3117     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3118     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3119     //
3120     //   extern int arr[];
3121     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3122     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3123     //
3124     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3125     // to diagnose it.
3126     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
3127       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3128     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3129     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3130   }
3131 
3132   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3133   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3134   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3135     New->setType(MergedT);
3136 }
3137 
3138 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3139                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3140   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3141   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3142   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3143   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3144   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3145   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3146   //
3147   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3148   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3149     return false;
3150 
3151   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3152     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3153     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3154     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3155     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3156     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3157            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3158             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3159   } else {
3160     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3161     // type unless we're in the same function.
3162     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3163            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3164   }
3165 }
3166 
3167 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3168 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3169 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3170 ///
3171 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3172 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3173 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3174 ///
3175 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3176   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3177   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3178     return;
3179 
3180   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3181 
3182   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3183   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3184   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3185   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3186     if (NewTemplate) {
3187       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3188       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3189     } else
3190       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3191   }
3192   if (!Old) {
3193     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3194       << New->getDeclName();
3195     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3196          diag::note_previous_definition);
3197     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3198   }
3199 
3200   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3201     return;
3202 
3203   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3204   if (NewTemplate &&
3205       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3206                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3207                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3208     return;
3209 
3210   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3211   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3212   //
3213   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3214   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3215     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3216       << New->getIdentifier();
3217     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3218     New->setInvalidDecl();
3219   }
3220 
3221   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3222   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3223   // declaration
3224   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3225       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3226       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3227     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3228     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3229     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3230     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3231   }
3232 
3233   // Merge the types.
3234   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3235 
3236   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3237     return;
3238 
3239   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3240   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3241   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3242       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3243 
3244   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3245   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3246       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3247       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3248     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3249       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3250           << New->getDeclName();
3251       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3252     } else {
3253       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3254           << New->getDeclName();
3255       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3256       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3257     }
3258   }
3259   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3260   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3261   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3262   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3263   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3264   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3265   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3266   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3267   //   identifier has external linkage.
3268   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3269     /* Okay */;
3270   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3271            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3272            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3273     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3274     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3275     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3276   }
3277 
3278   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3279   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3280       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3281     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3282     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3283     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3284   }
3285   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3286       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3287     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3288     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3289     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3290   }
3291 
3292   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3293 
3294   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3295   // need to check for mismatches.
3296   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3297       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3298       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3299         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3300     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3301     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3302     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3303   }
3304 
3305   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3306     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3307       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3308       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3309     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3310       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3311       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3312     } else {
3313       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3314       // static and dynamic initialization.
3315       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3316       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3317       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3318         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3319       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3320     }
3321   }
3322 
3323   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3324   const VarDecl *Def;
3325   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3326       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3327       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3328     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3329     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3330     New->setInvalidDecl();
3331     return;
3332   }
3333 
3334   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3335     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3336     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3337     New->setInvalidDecl();
3338     return;
3339   }
3340 
3341   // Merge "used" flag.
3342   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3343     New->setIsUsed();
3344 
3345   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3346   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3347   if (NewTemplate)
3348     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3349 
3350   // Inherit access appropriately.
3351   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3352   if (NewTemplate)
3353     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3354 }
3355 
3356 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3357 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3358 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3359                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3360   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3361 }
3362 
3363 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3364   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3365     return;
3366 
3367   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3368     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3369     // it is anonymous.
3370     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3371       return;
3372     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3373         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3374     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3375         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3376     return;
3377   }
3378 
3379   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3380   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3381   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3382           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3383                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3384     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3385         Tag,
3386         MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3387   }
3388 }
3389 
3390 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3391 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3392 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3393 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3394                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3395                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3396                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3397   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3398   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3399   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3400       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3401       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3402       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3403       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3404     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3405 
3406     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3407       return nullptr;
3408 
3409     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3410     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3411     // it's a Type.
3412     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3413       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3414     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3415       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3416   }
3417 
3418   if (Tag) {
3419     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
3420     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3421     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3422       return Tag;
3423   }
3424 
3425   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3426     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3427     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3428     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3429       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3430            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3431            << DS.getSourceRange();
3432   }
3433 
3434   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3435     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3436     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3437     if (Tag)
3438       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3439         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3440             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3441             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3442             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3443     else
3444       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3445     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3446     return TagD;
3447   }
3448 
3449   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3450 
3451   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3452     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3453     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3454     if (TagD && !Tag)
3455       return nullptr;
3456     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3457   }
3458 
3459   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3460   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3461     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3462   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3463       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3464     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3465     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3466     // or an explicit specialization.
3467     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3468     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3469       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3470           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3471           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3472           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3473       << SS.getRange();
3474     return nullptr;
3475   }
3476 
3477   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3478   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3479 
3480   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3481   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3482     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3483         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3484       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3485           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3486         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3487 
3488       DeclaresAnything = false;
3489     }
3490   }
3491 
3492   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
3493   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
3494   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
3495   //
3496   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
3497   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
3498   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
3499       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3500     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
3501     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
3502     //   struct STRUCT;
3503     //   union UNION;
3504     // and
3505     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3506     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
3507     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
3508         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
3509       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
3510       if (Tag)
3511         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3512       else if (const RecordType *RT =
3513                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
3514         Record = RT->getDecl();
3515       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
3516         Record = UT->getDecl();
3517 
3518       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3519         Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
3520           << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
3521         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3522       }
3523 
3524       DeclaresAnything = false;
3525     }
3526   }
3527 
3528   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3529   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3530       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3531     return TagD;
3532 
3533   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3534       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3535     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3536       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3537           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3538         DeclaresAnything = false;
3539 
3540   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3541     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3542     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3543       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3544         << DS.getSourceRange();
3545     else
3546       DeclaresAnything = false;
3547   }
3548 
3549   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3550       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3551     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3552       << Tag->getTagKind()
3553       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3554 
3555   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3556 
3557   // C 6.7/2:
3558   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3559   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3560   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3561   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3562   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3563   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3564   //   previous declaration.
3565   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3566     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3567     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3568     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3569     return TagD;
3570   }
3571 
3572   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3573   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3574   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3575   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3576   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3577   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3578   //
3579   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3580   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3581   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3582     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3583 
3584   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3585   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3586   // useless.
3587   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3588     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3589       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3590       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3591       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3592     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3593       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3594         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3595   }
3596 
3597   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3598     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3599       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3600   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3601     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3602       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3603     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3604       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3605     // Restrict is covered above.
3606     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3607       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3608   }
3609 
3610   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3611   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3612   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3613   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3614     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3615     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3616         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3617         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3618         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3619         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3620       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3621       while (attrs) {
3622         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3623         << attrs->getName()
3624         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3625             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3626             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3627             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3628         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3629       }
3630     }
3631   }
3632 
3633   return TagD;
3634 }
3635 
3636 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3637 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3638 ///
3639 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3640 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3641                                          Scope *S,
3642                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3643                                          DeclarationName Name,
3644                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3645                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3646   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3647                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3648   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3649 
3650   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3651     return false;
3652 
3653   // Pick a representative declaration.
3654   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3655   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3656 
3657   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3658     return false;
3659 
3660   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3661   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3662 
3663   return true;
3664 }
3665 
3666 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3667 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3668 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3669 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3670 /// struct, e.g.,
3671 ///
3672 /// @code
3673 /// union {
3674 ///   int i;
3675 ///   float f;
3676 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3677 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3678 /// @endcode
3679 ///
3680 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3681 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3682 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3683                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3684                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3685                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3686                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3687                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3688   unsigned diagKind
3689     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3690                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3691 
3692   bool Invalid = false;
3693 
3694   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3695   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3696     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3697         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3698       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3699       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3700                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3701         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3702         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3703         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3704         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3705         Invalid = true;
3706       } else {
3707         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3708         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3709         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3710         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3711         //   anonymous union is declared.
3712         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3713         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3714           for (auto *PI : IF->chain())
3715             Chaining.push_back(PI);
3716         else
3717           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3718 
3719         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3720         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3721           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3722         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3723           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3724 
3725         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
3726             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
3727             VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3728 
3729         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
3730           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
3731 
3732         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3733         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3734         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3735 
3736         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3737         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3738 
3739         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3740       }
3741     }
3742   }
3743 
3744   return Invalid;
3745 }
3746 
3747 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3748 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3749 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3750 static StorageClass
3751 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3752   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3753   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3754          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3755   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3756   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3757   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3758     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3759       return SC_None;
3760     return SC_Extern;
3761   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3762   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3763   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3764   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3765     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3766   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3767   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3768   }
3769   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3770 }
3771 
3772 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3773   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3774 
3775   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3776     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3777     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3778       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3779     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3780       return FD->getLocation();
3781   }
3782 
3783   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3784 }
3785 
3786 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3787                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3788   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3789     return;
3790 
3791   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3792   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3793 }
3794 
3795 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3796                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3797   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3798     return;
3799 
3800   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3801 }
3802 
3803 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3804 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3805 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3806 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3807 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3808                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3809                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3810                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3811   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3812 
3813   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3814   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3815     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3816   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3817     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3818   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3819     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3820 
3821   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3822   // structs/unions.
3823   bool Invalid = false;
3824   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3825     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
3826     unsigned DiagID;
3827     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3828       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3829       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3830       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3831       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3832           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3833            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3834             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3835         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3836           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3837 
3838         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3839         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3840                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3841       }
3842       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3843       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3844       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3845       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3846                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3847         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3848              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3849           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3850 
3851         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3852         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3853                                SourceLocation(),
3854                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3855       }
3856     }
3857 
3858     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3859     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3860       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3861         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3862           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3863           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3864       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3865         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3866              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3867           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3868           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3869       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3870         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3871              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3872           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3873           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3874       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3875         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3876              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3877           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3878           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3879 
3880       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3881     }
3882 
3883     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3884     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3885     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3886     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3887     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3888       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3889         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3890         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3891         //   members (clause 11).
3892         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3893         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3894           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3895             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3896           Invalid = true;
3897         }
3898 
3899         // C++ [class.union]p1
3900         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3901         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3902         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3903         //   array of such objects.
3904         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3905           Invalid = true;
3906       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
3907         // Any implicit members are fine.
3908       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3909         // This is a type that showed up in an
3910         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3911         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3912         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3913       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
3914         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3915             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3916           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3917           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3918             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3919               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3920           else {
3921             // This is a nested type declaration.
3922             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3923               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3924             Invalid = true;
3925           }
3926         } else {
3927           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3928           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3929           // not part of standard C++.
3930           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3931                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3932             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3933         }
3934       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
3935         // Any access specifier is fine.
3936       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
3937         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
3938       } else {
3939         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3940         // member. Complain about it.
3941         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3942         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
3943           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3944         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
3945           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3946         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
3947           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3948 
3949         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3950         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3951             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3952           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3953             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3954         else {
3955           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
3956               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3957           Invalid = true;
3958         }
3959       }
3960     }
3961 
3962     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3963     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3964     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3965     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3966         Owner->isRecord())
3967       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3968                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3969   }
3970 
3971   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3972     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3973       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3974     Invalid = true;
3975   }
3976 
3977   // Mock up a declarator.
3978   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3979   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3980   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3981 
3982   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3983   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
3984   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3985     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3986                              DS.getLocStart(),
3987                              Record->getLocation(),
3988                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3989                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3990                              TInfo,
3991                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
3992                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3993     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3994     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3995       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3996   } else {
3997     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3998     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3999     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4000       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4001       // an error here
4002       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4003       Invalid = true;
4004       SC = SC_None;
4005     }
4006 
4007     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
4008                            DS.getLocStart(),
4009                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4010                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
4011                            TInfo, SC);
4012 
4013     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
4014     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
4015     // initializer:
4016     //   union { int n = 0; };
4017     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
4018   }
4019   Anon->setImplicit();
4020 
4021   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
4022   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
4023 
4024   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
4025   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
4026   // its members.
4027   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
4028 
4029   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
4030   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4031   // purposes.
4032   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4033   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4034 
4035   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
4036                                           Chain, false))
4037     Invalid = true;
4038 
4039   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
4040     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4041       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4042       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
4043               getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
4044                                             ManglingContextDecl)) {
4045         Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
4046         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
4047       }
4048     }
4049   }
4050 
4051   if (Invalid)
4052     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4053 
4054   return Anon;
4055 }
4056 
4057 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
4058 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
4059 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
4060 /// Example:
4061 ///
4062 /// struct A { int a; };
4063 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
4064 ///
4065 /// void foo() {
4066 ///   B var;
4067 ///   var.a = 3;
4068 /// }
4069 ///
4070 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4071                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
4072   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
4073 
4074   // Mock up a declarator.
4075   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
4076   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
4077   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
4078 
4079   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
4080   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
4081 
4082   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
4083   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
4084                              ParentDecl,
4085                              DS.getLocStart(),
4086                              DS.getLocStart(),
4087                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
4088                              RecTy,
4089                              TInfo,
4090                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
4091                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
4092   Anon->setImplicit();
4093 
4094   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
4095   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
4096 
4097   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
4098   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
4099   // purposes.
4100   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
4101   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4102 
4103   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4104   if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
4105                           diag::err_field_incomplete) ||
4106       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
4107                                           AS_none, Chain, true)) {
4108     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4109     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
4110   }
4111 
4112   return Anon;
4113 }
4114 
4115 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4116 /// given Declarator.
4117 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4118   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4119 }
4120 
4121 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4122 DeclarationNameInfo
4123 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4124   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4125   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4126 
4127   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4128 
4129   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4130   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4131     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4132     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4133     return NameInfo;
4134 
4135   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4136     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4137                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4138     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4139     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4140       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4141     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4142       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4143     return NameInfo;
4144 
4145   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4146     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4147                                                            Name.Identifier));
4148     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4149     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4150     return NameInfo;
4151 
4152   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4153     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4154     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4155     if (Ty.isNull())
4156       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4157     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4158                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4159     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4160     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4161     return NameInfo;
4162   }
4163 
4164   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4165     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4166     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4167     if (Ty.isNull())
4168       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4169     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4170                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4171     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4172     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4173     return NameInfo;
4174   }
4175 
4176   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4177     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4178     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4179     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4180     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4181     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4182       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4183 
4184     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4185     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4186 
4187     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4188     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4189     // was qualified.
4190 
4191     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4192                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4193     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4194     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4195     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4196     return NameInfo;
4197   }
4198 
4199   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4200     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4201     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4202     if (Ty.isNull())
4203       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4204     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4205                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4206     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4207     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4208     return NameInfo;
4209   }
4210 
4211   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4212     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4213     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4214     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4215   }
4216 
4217   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4218 
4219   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4220 }
4221 
4222 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4223   do {
4224     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4225       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4226     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4227       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4228     else
4229       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4230   } while (true);
4231 }
4232 
4233 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4234 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4235 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4236 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4237 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4238 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4239 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4240 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4241                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4242                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4243                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4244   Params.clear();
4245   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4246     return false;
4247   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4248     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4249     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4250 
4251     // The parameter types are identical
4252     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4253       continue;
4254 
4255     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4256     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4257     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4258     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4259 
4260     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4261         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4262       Params.push_back(Idx);
4263     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4264       return false;
4265   }
4266 
4267   return true;
4268 }
4269 
4270 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4271 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4272 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4273 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4274 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4275 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4276                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4277   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4278   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4279   //   - types which will become injected class names
4280   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4281   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4282   // few cases here.
4283 
4284   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4285   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4286   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4287   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4288   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4289   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4290     // Grab the type from the parser.
4291     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4292     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4293     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4294 
4295     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4296     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4297     // attached already.
4298     if (!TSI)
4299       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4300 
4301     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4302     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4303     if (!TSI) return true;
4304 
4305     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4306     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4307     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4308     break;
4309   }
4310 
4311   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4312   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4313     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4314     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4315     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4316     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4317     break;
4318   }
4319 
4320   default:
4321     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4322     break;
4323   }
4324 
4325   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4326   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4327     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4328 
4329     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4330     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4331     // pointer.
4332     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4333       continue;
4334 
4335     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4336     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4337     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4338       return true;
4339   }
4340 
4341   return false;
4342 }
4343 
4344 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4345   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4346   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4347 
4348   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4349       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4350     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4351 
4352   return Dcl;
4353 }
4354 
4355 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4356 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4357 ///   name different from T:
4358 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4359 ///     - every member function of class T
4360 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4361 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4362 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4363                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4364   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4365 
4366   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4367     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4368       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4369       return true;
4370     }
4371 
4372   return false;
4373 }
4374 
4375 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4376 /// nested-name-specifier.
4377 ///
4378 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4379 ///
4380 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4381 /// resolves.
4382 ///
4383 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4384 ///
4385 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4386 ///
4387 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4388 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4389                                         DeclarationName Name,
4390                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4391   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4392   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4393     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4394 
4395   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4396   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4397   //
4398   // class X {
4399   //   void X::f();
4400   // };
4401   //
4402   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4403   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4404   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4405     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4406       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4407                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4408         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4409       SS.clear();
4410     } else {
4411       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4412     }
4413     return false;
4414   }
4415 
4416   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4417   // declaration.
4418   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4419     if (Cur->isRecord())
4420       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4421         << Name << SS.getRange();
4422     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4423       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4424         << Name << SS.getRange();
4425     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4426       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4427         << Name << SS.getRange();
4428     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4429       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4430         << Name << SS.getRange();
4431     else
4432       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4433       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4434 
4435     return true;
4436   }
4437 
4438   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4439     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4440     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4441       << Name << SS.getRange();
4442     SS.clear();
4443 
4444     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4445     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4446     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4447     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4448          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4449         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4450                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4451       return true;
4452 
4453     return false;
4454   }
4455 
4456   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4457   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4458   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4459   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4460   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4461     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4462   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4463         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4464     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4465       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4466 
4467   return false;
4468 }
4469 
4470 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4471                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4472   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4473   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4474   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4475 
4476   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4477   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4478   if (!Name) {
4479     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4480       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4481            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4482         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4483     return nullptr;
4484   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4485     return nullptr;
4486 
4487   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4488   // we find one that is.
4489   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4490          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4491     S = S->getParent();
4492 
4493   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4494   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4495     D.setInvalidType();
4496   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4497     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4498                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4499       return nullptr;
4500 
4501     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4502     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4503     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4504       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4505       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4506       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4507       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4508       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4509            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4510         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4511         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4512       return nullptr;
4513     }
4514     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4515 
4516     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4517         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4518       return nullptr;
4519 
4520     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4521       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4522            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4523         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4524       D.setInvalidType();
4525     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4526       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4527                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4528         if (DC->isRecord())
4529           return nullptr;
4530 
4531         D.setInvalidType();
4532       }
4533     }
4534 
4535     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4536     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4537     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4538         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4539       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4540       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4541         D.setInvalidType();
4542     }
4543   }
4544 
4545   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4546     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4547     // Just return early; it's safer.
4548     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4549       return nullptr;
4550 
4551   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4552   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4553 
4554   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4555                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4556     D.setInvalidType();
4557 
4558   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4559                         ForRedeclaration);
4560 
4561   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4562   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4563     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4564     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4565 
4566     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4567     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4568     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4569     //
4570     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4571     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4572     // the same name.
4573     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4574       /* Do nothing*/;
4575     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4576              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4577               R->isFunctionType())) {
4578       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4579       CreateBuiltins =
4580           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4581     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4582                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4583       CreateBuiltins = true;
4584 
4585     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4586       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4587 
4588     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4589   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4590     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4591 
4592     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4593     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4594     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4595     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4596     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4597     //  thereof; [...]
4598     //
4599     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4600     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4601     // we want to match. For example, given:
4602     //
4603     //   class X {
4604     //     void f();
4605     //     void f(float);
4606     //   };
4607     //
4608     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4609     //
4610     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4611     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4612     // matches.
4613 
4614     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4615     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4616     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4617     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4618     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4619   }
4620 
4621   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4622       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4623     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4624     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4625       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4626                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4627 
4628     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4629     Previous.clear();
4630   }
4631 
4632   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4633   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4634   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4635   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4636   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4637       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4638     Previous.clear();
4639 
4640   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4641   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4642   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4643     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4644 
4645   NamedDecl *New;
4646 
4647   bool AddToScope = true;
4648   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4649     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4650       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4651       return nullptr;
4652     }
4653 
4654     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4655   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4656     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4657                                   TemplateParamLists,
4658                                   AddToScope);
4659   } else {
4660     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4661                                   AddToScope);
4662   }
4663 
4664   if (!New)
4665     return nullptr;
4666 
4667   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4668   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4669   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4670        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4671     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4672     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4673     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4674     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4675     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4676     if (!AddToContext)
4677       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4678   }
4679 
4680   return New;
4681 }
4682 
4683 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4684 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4685 /// GCC compatibility).
4686 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4687                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4688                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4689                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4690   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4691   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4692   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4693   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4694   SizeIsNegative = false;
4695   Oversized = 0;
4696 
4697   if (T->isDependentType())
4698     return QualType();
4699 
4700   QualifierCollector Qs;
4701   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4702 
4703   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4704     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4705     QualType FixedType =
4706         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4707                                             Oversized);
4708     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4709     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4710     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4711   }
4712   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4713     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4714     QualType FixedType =
4715         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4716                                             Oversized);
4717     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4718     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4719     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4720   }
4721 
4722   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4723   if (!VLATy)
4724     return QualType();
4725   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4726   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4727     return QualType();
4728 
4729   llvm::APSInt Res;
4730   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4731       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4732     return QualType();
4733 
4734   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4735   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4736     SizeIsNegative = true;
4737     return QualType();
4738   }
4739 
4740   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4741   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4742     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4743                                               Res);
4744   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4745     Oversized = Res;
4746     return QualType();
4747   }
4748 
4749   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4750                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4751 }
4752 
4753 static void
4754 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4755   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4756     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4757     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4758                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4759     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4760     return;
4761   }
4762   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4763     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4764     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4765                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4766     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4767     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4768     return;
4769   }
4770   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4771   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4772   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4773   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4774   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4775   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4776   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4777   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4778 }
4779 
4780 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4781 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4782 /// GCC compatibility).
4783 static TypeSourceInfo*
4784 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4785                                               ASTContext &Context,
4786                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4787                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4788   QualType FixedTy
4789     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4790                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4791   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4792     return nullptr;
4793   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4794   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4795                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4796   return FixedTInfo;
4797 }
4798 
4799 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4800 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4801 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4802 /// function-scope declarations.
4803 void
4804 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4805   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4806       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4807     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4808     return;
4809 
4810   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4811   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4812   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4813   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4814 }
4815 
4816 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4817   if (ExternalSource) {
4818     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4819     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4820     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4821     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4822     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4823       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4824         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4825       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4826         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4827     }
4828   }
4829 
4830   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4831   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr;
4832 }
4833 
4834 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4835 /// does not identify a function.
4836 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4837   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4838   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4839   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4840     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4841          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4842 
4843   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4844     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4845          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4846 
4847   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4848     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4849          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4850 
4851   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4852     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4853          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4854 }
4855 
4856 NamedDecl*
4857 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4858                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4859   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4860   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4861     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4862       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4863     D.setInvalidType();
4864     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4865     DC = CurContext;
4866     Previous.clear();
4867   }
4868 
4869   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4870 
4871   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4872     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4873       << 1;
4874 
4875   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4876     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4877       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4878     return nullptr;
4879   }
4880 
4881   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4882   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
4883 
4884   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4885   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4886 
4887   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4888 
4889   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4890   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4891   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4892   return ND;
4893 }
4894 
4895 void
4896 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4897   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4898   // then it shall have block scope.
4899   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4900   // that redeclarations will match.
4901   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4902   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4903   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4904     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4905 
4906     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
4907       bool SizeIsNegative;
4908       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4909       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4910         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4911                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4912                                                       Oversized);
4913       if (FixedTInfo) {
4914         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4915         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4916       } else {
4917         if (SizeIsNegative)
4918           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4919         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4920           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4921         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4922           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4923             << Oversized.toString(10);
4924         else
4925           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4926         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4927       }
4928     }
4929   }
4930 }
4931 
4932 
4933 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4934 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4935 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4936 NamedDecl*
4937 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4938                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4939   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4940   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4941   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4942                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4943   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4944   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4945     Redeclaration = true;
4946     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4947   }
4948 
4949   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4950   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4951     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4952         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4953       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4954         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4955       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4956         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4957       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4958         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4959       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4960         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4961     }
4962 
4963   return NewTD;
4964 }
4965 
4966 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4967 /// previous declaration.
4968 ///
4969 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4970 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4971 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4972 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4973 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4974 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4975 ///
4976 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4977 /// lookup
4978 ///
4979 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4980 /// declared.
4981 ///
4982 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4983 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4984 static bool
4985 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4986                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4987   if (!PrevDecl)
4988     return false;
4989 
4990   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4991     return false;
4992 
4993   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4994     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4995     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4996     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4997     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4998     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4999     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
5000     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
5001     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
5002       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
5003       return false;
5004 
5005     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
5006     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
5007       // We found a member function: ignore it.
5008       return false;
5009 
5010     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
5011     // previous declarations.
5012     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5013     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
5014 
5015     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
5016     // isn't the same function.
5017     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
5018       return false;
5019   }
5020 
5021   return true;
5022 }
5023 
5024 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
5025   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5026   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
5027   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
5028 }
5029 
5030 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
5031   QualType type = decl->getType();
5032   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
5033   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
5034     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
5035     unsigned kind = -1U;
5036     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5037       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5038         kind = 0; // __block
5039       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
5040         kind = 1; // global
5041     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
5042       kind = 3; // ivar
5043     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
5044       kind = 2; // field
5045     }
5046 
5047     if (kind != -1U) {
5048       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
5049         << kind;
5050     }
5051   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
5052     // Try to infer lifetime.
5053     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
5054       return false;
5055 
5056     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
5057     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
5058     decl->setType(type);
5059   }
5060 
5061   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
5062     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
5063     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
5064         var->getTLSKind()) {
5065       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
5066         << var->getType();
5067       return true;
5068     }
5069   }
5070 
5071   return false;
5072 }
5073 
5074 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
5075   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
5076   // the wrong linkage.
5077   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
5078 
5079   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
5080   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
5081     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5082       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
5083       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
5084     }
5085   }
5086   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
5087     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5088       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
5089       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
5090     }
5091   }
5092 
5093   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
5094   // It does not apply to functions.
5095   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
5096     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5097       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
5098       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
5099     }
5100   }
5101 
5102   // dll attributes require external linkage.
5103   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
5104     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5105       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5106         << &ND << Attr;
5107       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5108     }
5109   }
5110 }
5111 
5112 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5113                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5114                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5115   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5116     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5117   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5118     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5119 
5120   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5121     return;
5122 
5123   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5124   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5125   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5126   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5127 
5128   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5129   // inherited attribute instances.
5130   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5131                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5132 
5133   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5134   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5135   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5136   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5137   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5138 
5139   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5140     // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for
5141     // free functions and global variables.
5142     bool JustWarn = false;
5143     if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && OldDecl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
5144       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
5145       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
5146         JustWarn = true;
5147       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
5148       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
5149         JustWarn = true;
5150     }
5151 
5152     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
5153                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
5154     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
5155         << NewDecl
5156         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5157     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5158     if (!JustWarn) {
5159       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5160       return;
5161     }
5162   }
5163 
5164   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5165   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5166   // and qualified friend declarations.
5167   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5168   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5169   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5170     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5171     // separately.
5172     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5173   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5174     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5175     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5176                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5177   }
5178 
5179   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5180       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5181     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5182            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5183       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5184     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5185     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5186     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5187     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5188   }
5189 }
5190 
5191 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5192 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5193 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5194 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5195   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5196 
5197   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5198   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5199 
5200   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5201   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5202     return false;
5203 
5204   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5205 
5206 #ifndef NDEBUG
5207   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5208   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5209   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5210   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5211   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5212 #endif
5213 
5214   bool isC99Inline =
5215       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5216 
5217 #ifndef NDEBUG
5218   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5219 #endif
5220 
5221   return isC99Inline;
5222 }
5223 
5224 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5225 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5226 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5227 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5228 ///
5229 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5230 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5231 ///
5232 /// For instance:
5233 ///
5234 ///   auto x = []{};
5235 ///
5236 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5237 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5238 ///
5239 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5240 template<typename T>
5241 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5242   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5243     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5244     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5245       return false;
5246   }
5247   return D->isExternC();
5248 }
5249 
5250 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5251   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5252   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5253     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5254   if (DC->isFileContext())
5255     return true;
5256   if (DC->isRecord())
5257     return false;
5258   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5259 }
5260 
5261 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5262   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5263   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5264     return true;
5265   if (DC->isRecord())
5266     return false;
5267   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5268 }
5269 
5270 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5271                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5272   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5273     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5274       return true;
5275   return false;
5276 }
5277 
5278 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5279                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5280   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5281   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5282     return true;
5283 
5284   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5285   // position to the decl itself.
5286   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5287     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5288       return true;
5289   }
5290 
5291   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5292   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5293 }
5294 
5295 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5296 /// function-local external declaration.
5297 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5298   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5299     return false;
5300 
5301   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5302   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5303   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5304   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5305     return true;
5306 
5307   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5308   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5309   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5310   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5311   //
5312   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5313   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5314   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5315     DC = DC->getParent();
5316   return true;
5317 }
5318 
5319 NamedDecl *
5320 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5321                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5322                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5323                               bool &AddToScope) {
5324   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5325   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5326 
5327   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5328   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
5329     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5330 
5331   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5332   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5333   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5334       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5335       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5336     SC = SC_Extern;
5337 
5338   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5339   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5340                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5341 
5342   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5343     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5344     QualType NR = R;
5345     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5346       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5347         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5348         D.setInvalidType();
5349         break;
5350       }
5351       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5352     }
5353 
5354     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5355       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5356       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5357       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5358         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5359         D.setInvalidType();
5360       }
5361     }
5362   }
5363 
5364   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5365     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5366     // an error here
5367     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5368     D.setInvalidType();
5369     SC = SC_None;
5370   }
5371 
5372   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5373       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5374                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5375     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5376     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5377     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5378     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5379          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5380       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5381   }
5382 
5383   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5384   if (!II) {
5385     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5386       << Name;
5387     return nullptr;
5388   }
5389 
5390   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5391 
5392   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5393     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5394     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5395     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5396     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5397       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5398       D.setInvalidType();
5399     }
5400   }
5401 
5402   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5403     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5404     // OpenCL __local address space.
5405     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5406       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5407     }
5408 
5409     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5410     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5411     // space qualifiers.
5412     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5413       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5414       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5415     }
5416 
5417     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5418     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5419     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5420     // address space qualifiers.
5421     if (R->isEventT()) {
5422       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5423         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5424         D.setInvalidType();
5425       }
5426 
5427       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5428         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5429         D.setInvalidType();
5430       }
5431     }
5432   }
5433 
5434   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5435   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5436   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5437   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5438   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5439   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5440   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5441   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5442     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5443                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5444                             R, TInfo, SC);
5445 
5446     if (D.isInvalidType())
5447       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5448   } else {
5449     bool Invalid = false;
5450 
5451     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5452       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5453       switch (SC) {
5454       case SC_None:
5455         break;
5456       case SC_Static:
5457         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5458              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5459           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5460         break;
5461       case SC_Auto:
5462       case SC_Register:
5463       case SC_Extern:
5464         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5465         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5466         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5467         // of class members
5468 
5469         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5470              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5471           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5472         break;
5473       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5474         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5475       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5476         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5477       }
5478     }
5479 
5480     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5481       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5482         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5483           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5484                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5485             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5486 
5487         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5488         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5489         if (RD->isUnion())
5490           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5491                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5492                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5493                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5494         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5495         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5496           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5497                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5498             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5499       }
5500     }
5501 
5502     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5503     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5504     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5505         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5506         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5507         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5508             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5509             : nullptr,
5510         TemplateParamLists,
5511         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5512 
5513     if (TemplateParams) {
5514       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5515           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5516         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5517         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5518         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5519              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5520           << II
5521           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5522                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5523         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5524       } else {
5525         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5526           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5527           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5528           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5529           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5530         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5531           // This is a template declaration.
5532           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5533 
5534           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5535           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5536             return nullptr;
5537 
5538           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5539           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5540                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
5541                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5542                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5543         }
5544       }
5545     } else {
5546       assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5547              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5548     }
5549 
5550     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5551       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5552           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5553               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5554               : SourceLocation();
5555       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5556           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5557           IsPartialSpecialization);
5558       if (Res.isInvalid())
5559         return nullptr;
5560       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5561       AddToScope = false;
5562     } else
5563       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5564                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5565 
5566     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5567     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5568       NewTemplate =
5569           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5570                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5571       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5572     }
5573 
5574     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5575     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5576     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5577       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5578 
5579     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5580       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5581       if (NewTemplate)
5582         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5583     }
5584 
5585     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5586 
5587     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5588     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5589     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5590     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5591       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5592           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5593           TemplateParamLists.data());
5594 
5595     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5596       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5597   }
5598 
5599   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5600   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5601   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5602   if (NewTemplate)
5603     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5604 
5605   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5606     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5607 
5608   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5609     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5610       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5611       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5612       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5613       //   explicitly.
5614       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5615       //   'extern'.
5616       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5617           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5618           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5619         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5620       else
5621         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5622              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5623           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5624     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5625       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5626            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5627     else
5628       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5629   }
5630 
5631   // C99 6.7.4p3
5632   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5633   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5634   //   thread storage duration...
5635   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5636   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5637   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5638   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5639   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5640   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5641       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5642     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5643     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5644       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5645            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5646       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5647     }
5648   }
5649 
5650   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5651     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5652       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5653           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5654           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5655                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5656     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5657       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5658         << 2
5659         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5660     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5661       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5662         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5663         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5664         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5665     else {
5666       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5667       if (NewTemplate)
5668         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5669     }
5670   }
5671 
5672   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5673   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5674 
5675   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5676     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5677     // storage [duration]."
5678     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5679         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5680          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5681       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5682     }
5683   }
5684 
5685   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5686   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5687   // check the VarDecl itself.
5688   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5689          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5690          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5691 
5692   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5693   // retainable type.
5694   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5695     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5696 
5697   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5698   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5699     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5700     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5701     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5702     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5703       switch (SC) {
5704       case SC_None:
5705       case SC_Auto:
5706         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5707         break;
5708       case SC_Register:
5709         // Local Named register
5710         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5711           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5712         break;
5713       case SC_Static:
5714       case SC_Extern:
5715       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5716       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5717         break;
5718       }
5719     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5720       // Global Named register
5721       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5722         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5723       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
5724         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
5725         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5726       }
5727     }
5728 
5729     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5730                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5731   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5732     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5733       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5734     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5735       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5736       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5737     }
5738   }
5739 
5740   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5741   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5742     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5743 
5744   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5745   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5746   // declaration has linkage).
5747   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5748                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5749                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5750                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5751 
5752   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5753   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5754   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5755       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5756     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5757         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5758         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5759 
5760   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5761     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5762   } else {
5763     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5764     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5765         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5766       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5767 
5768     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5769     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5770       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5771           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5772           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5773         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5774         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5775         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5776           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5777         Previous.clear();
5778         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5779       }
5780     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5781       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5782       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5783         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5784         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5785       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5786     }
5787 
5788     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5789       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5790 
5791     if (NewTemplate) {
5792       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5793           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5794               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5795               : nullptr;
5796 
5797       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5798       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5799       // template declaration.
5800       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5801               TemplateParams,
5802               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5803                               : nullptr,
5804               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5805                DC->isDependentContext())
5806                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5807                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5808         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5809 
5810       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5811       // template, make a note of that.
5812       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5813           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5814         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5815     }
5816   }
5817 
5818   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5819 
5820   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5821   // the map of such variables.
5822   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5823       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5824     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5825 
5826   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5827     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5828     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5829             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5830                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5831       Context.setManglingNumber(
5832           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
5833       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5834     }
5835   }
5836 
5837   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5838     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5839         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
5840         IsExplicitSpecialization);
5841   }
5842 
5843   if (NewTemplate) {
5844     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5845       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5846     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5847     return NewTemplate;
5848   }
5849 
5850   return NewVD;
5851 }
5852 
5853 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5854 /// -Wshadow.
5855 ///
5856 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5857 /// scope.
5858 ///
5859 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5860 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5861 ///
5862 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5863   // Return if warning is ignored.
5864   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
5865     return;
5866 
5867   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5868   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5869     return;
5870 
5871   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5872 
5873   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5874   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5875     return;
5876 
5877   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5878   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5879     return;
5880 
5881   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5882   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5883     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5884       if (MD->isStatic())
5885         return;
5886 
5887   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5888     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5889       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5890       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5891       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
5892         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5893           ShadowedDecl = I;
5894           break;
5895         }
5896     }
5897 
5898   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5899 
5900   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5901   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5902     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5903     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5904       return;
5905 
5906     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5907     // static data members from base classes?
5908 
5909     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5910     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5911     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5912   }
5913 
5914   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5915   unsigned Kind;
5916   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5917     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5918       Kind = 3; // field
5919     else
5920       Kind = 2; // static data member
5921   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5922     Kind = 1; // global
5923   else
5924     Kind = 0; // local
5925 
5926   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5927 
5928   // Emit warning and note.
5929   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5930     return;
5931   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5932   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5933 }
5934 
5935 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5936 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5937   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
5938     return;
5939 
5940   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5941                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5942   LookupName(R, S);
5943   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5944 }
5945 
5946 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5947 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5948 template<typename T>
5949 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5950     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5951   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5952   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5953 
5954   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5955     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5956     // declaration.
5957     return false;
5958   }
5959 
5960   if (Prev) {
5961     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5962       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5963       // redeclaration.
5964       Previous.clear();
5965       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5966       return true;
5967     }
5968 
5969     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5970     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5971     // declaration.
5972     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5973       return false;
5974   } else {
5975     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5976     // translation unit which might conflict.
5977     if (IsGlobal) {
5978       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5979       IsGlobal = false;
5980       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5981            I != E; ++I) {
5982         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5983           Prev = *I;
5984           break;
5985         }
5986       }
5987     } else {
5988       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5989           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5990       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5991            I != E; ++I) {
5992         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5993           Prev = *I;
5994           break;
5995         }
5996         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5997         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5998         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5999         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
6000         // diagnostic.
6001       }
6002     }
6003 
6004     if (!Prev)
6005       return false;
6006   }
6007 
6008   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
6009   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
6010   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
6011   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
6012     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
6013   else
6014     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
6015 
6016   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
6017     << IsGlobal << ND;
6018   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
6019     << IsGlobal;
6020   return false;
6021 }
6022 
6023 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
6024 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
6025 ///
6026 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
6027 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
6028 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
6029 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
6030 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
6031 template<typename T>
6032 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
6033                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
6034   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6035     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
6036     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
6037     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
6038     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6039       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
6040         Previous.clear();
6041         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
6042         return true;
6043       }
6044     }
6045     return false;
6046   }
6047 
6048   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
6049   // declaration.
6050   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6051     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
6052 
6053   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
6054   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
6055   // in another scope.
6056   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
6057     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
6058 
6059   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
6060   return false;
6061 }
6062 
6063 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
6064   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6065   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6066     return;
6067 
6068   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6069   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6070 
6071   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
6072   if (T->isUndeducedType())
6073     return;
6074 
6075   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
6076     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
6077 
6078   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
6079     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
6080       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
6081     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
6082     NewVD->setType(T);
6083   }
6084 
6085   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
6086   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
6087   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
6088   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
6089   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
6090     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
6091     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6092     return;
6093   }
6094 
6095   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
6096   // __constant address space.
6097   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
6098       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
6099       && !T->isSamplerT()){
6100     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
6101     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6102     return;
6103   }
6104 
6105   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
6106   // scope.
6107   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6108       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
6109     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
6110     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6111     return;
6112   }
6113 
6114   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6115       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6116     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6117       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6118     else {
6119       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6120       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6121     }
6122   }
6123 
6124   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6125   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6126       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6127     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6128 
6129   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6130       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6131     bool SizeIsNegative;
6132     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6133     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6134       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6135                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6136     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6137       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6138       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6139       // int a[10][n];
6140       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6141 
6142       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6143         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6144         << SizeRange;
6145       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6146         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6147         << SizeRange;
6148       else
6149         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6150         << SizeRange;
6151       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6152       return;
6153     }
6154 
6155     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6156       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6157         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6158       else
6159         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6160       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6161       return;
6162     }
6163 
6164     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6165     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6166     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6167   }
6168 
6169   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6170     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6171     //                    of objects and functions.
6172     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6173       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6174         << T;
6175       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6176       return;
6177     }
6178   }
6179 
6180   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6181     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6182     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6183     return;
6184   }
6185 
6186   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6187     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6188     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6189     return;
6190   }
6191 
6192   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6193       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6194                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6195     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6196     return;
6197   }
6198 }
6199 
6200 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6201 /// declaration.
6202 ///
6203 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6204 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6205 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6206 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6207 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6208 ///
6209 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6210 ///
6211 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6212 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6213   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6214 
6215   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6216   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6217     return false;
6218 
6219   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6220   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6221   if (Previous.empty() &&
6222       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6223     Previous.setShadowed();
6224 
6225   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6226   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
6227 
6228   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6229     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6230     return true;
6231   }
6232   return false;
6233 }
6234 
6235 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
6236 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
6237   Sema *S;
6238   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6239 };
6240 
6241 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6242 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6243 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6244 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
6245                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
6246                                  void *UserData) {
6247   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6248 
6249   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
6250     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
6251 
6252   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
6253 
6254   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6255   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6256     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6257     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6258     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6259 
6260     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6261   }
6262 
6263   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
6264        !Path.Decls.empty();
6265        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6266     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6267     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6268       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6269         return true;
6270     }
6271   }
6272 
6273   return false;
6274 }
6275 
6276 namespace {
6277   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6278 }
6279 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6280 /// overriden methods.
6281 ///
6282 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6283 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6284 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6285 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6286                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6287   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6288   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6289                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6290        I != E; ++I) {
6291     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6292     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6293     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6294     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6295         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6296         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6297       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6298   }
6299 }
6300 
6301 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6302 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6303 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6304   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
6305   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6306   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6307   Data.Method = MD;
6308   Data.S = this;
6309   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6310   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6311   bool AddedAny = false;
6312   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6313     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6314       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6315         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6316         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6317             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6318             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6319             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6320           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6321           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6322           AddedAny = true;
6323         }
6324       }
6325     }
6326   }
6327 
6328   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6329     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6330   }
6331   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6332     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6333   }
6334 
6335   return AddedAny;
6336 }
6337 
6338 namespace {
6339   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6340   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6341   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6342     Scope *S;
6343     Declarator &D;
6344     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6345     bool AddToScope;
6346   };
6347 }
6348 
6349 namespace {
6350 
6351 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6352 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6353 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6354  public:
6355   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6356                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6357       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6358         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6359 
6360   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6361     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6362       return false;
6363 
6364     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6365     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6366                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6367          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6368       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6369 
6370       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6371           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6372         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6373           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6374           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6375             return true;
6376         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6377           return true;
6378         }
6379       }
6380     }
6381 
6382     return false;
6383   }
6384 
6385  private:
6386   ASTContext &Context;
6387   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6388   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6389 };
6390 
6391 }
6392 
6393 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6394 ///
6395 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6396 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6397 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6398 /// the same name.
6399 ///
6400 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6401 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6402 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6403     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6404     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6405   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6406   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6407   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6408   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6409   TypoCorrection Correction;
6410   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6411   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6412                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6413   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6414                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6415                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6416                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6417 
6418   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6419   if (IsLocalFriend)
6420     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6421   else
6422     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6423   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6424          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6425   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6426   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6427     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6428          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6429       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6430       if (FD &&
6431           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6432         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6433         // involve a parameter
6434         unsigned ParamNum =
6435             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6436         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6437       }
6438     }
6439   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6440   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6441                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6442                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6443                   llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(
6444                       SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr),
6445                   Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6446     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6447     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6448                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6449     Previous.clear();
6450     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6451     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6452                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6453          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6454       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6455       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6456           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6457         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6458       }
6459     }
6460     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6461 
6462     NamedDecl *Result;
6463     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6464     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6465     {
6466       // Trap errors.
6467       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6468 
6469       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6470       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6471       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6472       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6473           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6474           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6475           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6476           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6477 
6478       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6479         Result = nullptr;
6480     }
6481 
6482     if (Result) {
6483       // Determine which correction we picked.
6484       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6485       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6486            I != E; ++I)
6487         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6488           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6489 
6490       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6491           Correction,
6492           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6493                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6494                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6495             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6496       return Result;
6497     }
6498 
6499     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6500     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6501                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6502     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6503     Previous.clear();
6504     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6505   }
6506 
6507   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6508       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6509 
6510   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6511   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6512     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6513 
6514   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6515        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6516        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6517     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6518     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6519     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6520     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6521 
6522     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6523     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6524       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6525       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6526       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6527       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6528                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6529         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6530         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6531     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6532       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6533           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6534     } else
6535       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6536                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6537                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6538   }
6539   return nullptr;
6540 }
6541 
6542 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6543                                                           Declarator &D) {
6544   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6545   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6546   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6547   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6548   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6549     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6550                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6551     D.setInvalidType();
6552     break;
6553   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6554   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6555     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6556       return SC_None;
6557     return SC_Extern;
6558   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6559     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6560       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6561       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6562       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6563       //   other than extern
6564       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6565       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6566                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6567       break;
6568     } else
6569       return SC_Static;
6570   }
6571   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6572   }
6573 
6574   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6575   return SC_None;
6576 }
6577 
6578 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6579                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6580                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6581                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6582                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6583   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6584   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6585 
6586   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6587   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6588 
6589   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6590     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6591     // prototype. This true when:
6592     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6593     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6594     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6595     bool HasPrototype =
6596       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6597       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6598 
6599     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6600                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6601                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6602                                  HasPrototype, false);
6603     if (D.isInvalidType())
6604       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6605 
6606     // Set the lexical context.
6607     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6608 
6609     return NewFD;
6610   }
6611 
6612   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6613   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6614 
6615   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6616   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6617   // the class has been completely parsed.
6618   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6619       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6620           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6621           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6622     D.setInvalidType();
6623 
6624   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6625     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6626     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6627            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6628 
6629     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6630     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6631                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6632                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6633                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6634                                       isConstexpr);
6635 
6636   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6637     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6638     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6639       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6640       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6641       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6642                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6643                                         D.getLocStart(),
6644                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6645                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6646 
6647       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6648       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6649       // it yet.
6650       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6651           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6652           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6653         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6654       }
6655 
6656       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6657       return NewDD;
6658 
6659     } else {
6660       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6661       D.setInvalidType();
6662 
6663       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6664       // code path.
6665       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6666                                   D.getLocStart(),
6667                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6668                                   SC, isInline,
6669                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6670     }
6671 
6672   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6673     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6674       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6675            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6676       return nullptr;
6677     }
6678 
6679     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6680     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6681     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6682                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6683                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6684                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6685 
6686   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6687     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6688     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6689     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6690     // constructor if it has no return type).
6691     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6692         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6693       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6694         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6695         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6696       return nullptr;
6697     }
6698 
6699     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6700     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6701                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6702                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6703                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6704                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6705     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6706     return Ret;
6707   } else {
6708     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6709     // prototype. This true when:
6710     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6711     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6712                                 D.getLocStart(),
6713                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6714                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6715   }
6716 }
6717 
6718 enum OpenCLParamType {
6719   ValidKernelParam,
6720   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6721   PtrKernelParam,
6722   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6723   InvalidKernelParam,
6724   RecordKernelParam
6725 };
6726 
6727 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6728   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6729     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6730     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6731       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6732     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6733                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6734   }
6735 
6736   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6737   // be used as builtin types.
6738 
6739   if (PT->isImageType())
6740     return PtrKernelParam;
6741 
6742   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6743     return InvalidKernelParam;
6744 
6745   if (PT->isEventT())
6746     return InvalidKernelParam;
6747 
6748   if (PT->isHalfType())
6749     return InvalidKernelParam;
6750 
6751   if (PT->isRecordType())
6752     return RecordKernelParam;
6753 
6754   return ValidKernelParam;
6755 }
6756 
6757 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6758   Sema &S,
6759   Declarator &D,
6760   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6761   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
6762   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6763 
6764   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6765   // used again
6766   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6767     return;
6768 
6769   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6770   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6771     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6772     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6773     // pointer to a pointer type.
6774     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6775     D.setInvalidType();
6776     return;
6777 
6778   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6779     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6780     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6781     // pointer to the private address space.
6782     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6783     D.setInvalidType();
6784     return;
6785 
6786     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6787     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6788     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6789     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6790     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6791 
6792   case InvalidKernelParam:
6793     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6794     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6795     // of event_t type.
6796     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6797     D.setInvalidType();
6798     return;
6799 
6800   case PtrKernelParam:
6801   case ValidKernelParam:
6802     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6803     return;
6804 
6805   case RecordKernelParam:
6806     break;
6807   }
6808 
6809   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6810   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6811 
6812   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6813   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6814   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6815   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
6816 
6817   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6818   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6819 
6820   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6821 
6822   do {
6823     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6824     if (!Next) {
6825       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6826       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6827       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6828         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6829 
6830       continue;
6831     }
6832 
6833     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6834     // field itself) to the history stack.
6835     const RecordDecl *RD;
6836     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6837       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6838       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6839     } else {
6840       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6841     }
6842 
6843     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6844     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
6845 
6846     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6847       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6848 
6849       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6850         continue;
6851 
6852       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6853       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6854         continue;
6855 
6856       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6857         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6858         continue;
6859       }
6860 
6861       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6862       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6863       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6864       // union.
6865       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
6866           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
6867         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6868                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6869           << PT->isUnionType()
6870           << PT;
6871       } else {
6872         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6873       }
6874 
6875       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6876         << PD->getDeclName();
6877 
6878       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6879       // the offending field came from
6880       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6881              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6882         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6883         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6884           << OuterField->getType();
6885       }
6886 
6887       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6888         << QT->isPointerType()
6889         << QT;
6890       D.setInvalidType();
6891       return;
6892     }
6893   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6894 }
6895 
6896 NamedDecl*
6897 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6898                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6899                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6900                               bool &AddToScope) {
6901   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6902 
6903   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6904 
6905   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6906   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6907   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6908   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6909 
6910   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6911     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6912          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6913       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6914 
6915   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6916     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6917 
6918   bool isFriend = false;
6919   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
6920   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6921   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6922 
6923   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6924   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6925   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6926 
6927   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6928 
6929   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6930   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6931 
6932   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6933                                               isVirtualOkay);
6934   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
6935 
6936   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6937     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6938 
6939   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6940   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6941   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6942   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6943 
6944   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6945     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6946 
6947   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6948     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6949     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6950     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6951     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6952     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6953     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6954       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6955       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6956       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6957       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6958     }
6959 
6960     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6961     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6962     // return true).
6963     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6964           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6965       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6966         NewFD->setPure(true);
6967     }
6968 
6969     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6970     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6971     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6972     if (D.isInvalidType())
6973       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6974 
6975     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6976     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6977     bool Invalid = false;
6978     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6979             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6980                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6981                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6982                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6983                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
6984                     : nullptr,
6985                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
6986                 Invalid)) {
6987       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6988         // This is a function template
6989 
6990         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6991         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6992           return nullptr;
6993 
6994         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6995         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6996           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6997           return nullptr;
6998         }
6999 
7000         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
7001         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
7002         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
7003         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
7004           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
7005           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
7006             Invalid = true;
7007         }
7008 
7009 
7010         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
7011                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
7012                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
7013                                                         NewFD);
7014         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7015         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
7016 
7017         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
7018         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
7019           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7020                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
7021                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7022         }
7023       } else {
7024         // This is a function template specialization.
7025         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7026         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7027         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7028           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7029                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
7030                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
7031 
7032         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
7033         if (isFriend) {
7034           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
7035           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
7036 
7037           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
7038           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
7039           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
7040           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
7041           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
7042           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
7043           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7044             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
7045             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
7046           }
7047 
7048           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
7049             << Name << RemoveRange
7050             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
7051             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
7052         }
7053       }
7054     }
7055     else {
7056       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
7057       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
7058       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
7059         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
7060         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
7061                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
7062                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
7063     }
7064 
7065     if (Invalid) {
7066       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7067       if (FunctionTemplate)
7068         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7069     }
7070 
7071     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
7072     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
7073     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
7074     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
7075     //
7076     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7077       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
7078         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7079              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
7080       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7081         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
7082         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7083              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
7084           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7085       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7086         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
7087         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
7088         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
7089              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
7090           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
7091       } else {
7092         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
7093         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
7094       }
7095 
7096       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7097           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
7098         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
7099     }
7100 
7101     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
7102         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
7103          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
7104         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7105       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
7106       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
7107       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
7108       // thing to do.
7109       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
7110       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
7111       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7112           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7113       QualType Result =
7114           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7115       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7116                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7117     }
7118 
7119     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7120     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7121     //  declaration.
7122     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7123       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7124         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7125         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7126              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7127           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7128       }
7129     }
7130 
7131     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7132     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7133     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7134     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7135     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7136       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7137         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7138         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7139              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7140           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7141       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7142                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7143         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7144         // or conversion function.
7145         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7146              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7147           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7148       }
7149     }
7150 
7151     if (isConstexpr) {
7152       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7153       // are implicitly inline.
7154       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7155 
7156       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7157       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7158       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7159       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7160         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7161     }
7162 
7163     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7164     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7165       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7166         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7167           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7168         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7169           << 0
7170           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7171       } else {
7172         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7173         if (FunctionTemplate)
7174           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7175       }
7176     }
7177 
7178     if (isFriend) {
7179       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7180         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7181         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7182       }
7183       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7184       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7185     }
7186 
7187     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7188     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7189     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7190     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7191       case FDK_Declaration:
7192       case FDK_Definition:
7193         break;
7194 
7195       case FDK_Defaulted:
7196         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7197         break;
7198 
7199       case FDK_Deleted:
7200         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7201         break;
7202     }
7203 
7204     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7205         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7206       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7207       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7208       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7209       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7210     }
7211 
7212     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7213         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7214       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7215       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7216       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7217       //   the class.
7218 
7219       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7220       // member function definition.
7221       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7222            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7223         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7224     }
7225 
7226     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7227     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7228     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7229     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7230     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7231          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7232         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7233       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7234           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7235           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7236   }
7237 
7238   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7239   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7240                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7241                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7242                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7243 
7244   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7245   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7246     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7247     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7248     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7249                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7250   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7251     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7252       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7253     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7254       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7255       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7256     }
7257   }
7258 
7259   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7260   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7261   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7262   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7263     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7264 
7265     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7266     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7267     // single void argument.
7268     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7269     // already checks for that case.
7270     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7271       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7272         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7273         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7274         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7275         Params.push_back(Param);
7276 
7277         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7278           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7279       }
7280     }
7281 
7282   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7283     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7284     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7285     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7286     //
7287     // @code
7288     // typedef void fn(int);
7289     // fn f;
7290     // @endcode
7291 
7292     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7293     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7294       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7295           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7296       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7297       Params.push_back(Param);
7298     }
7299   } else {
7300     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7301            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7302   }
7303 
7304   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7305   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7306 
7307   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7308   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7309   //
7310   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7311   //
7312   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7313   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7314   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7315 
7316   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7317     NewFD->addAttr(
7318         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7319                                        Context, 0));
7320 
7321   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7322   // because all functions have linkage.
7323   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7324       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7325     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7326     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7327   }
7328 
7329   if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue &&
7330       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7331     NewFD->addAttr(
7332         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7333                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7334                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7335     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7336                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
7337                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
7338                      NewFD))
7339       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7340   }
7341 
7342   // Handle attributes.
7343   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7344 
7345   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
7346   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
7347       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
7348   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
7349       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
7350     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7351     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
7352     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
7353     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
7354     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
7355       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7356   }
7357 
7358   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7359     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7360     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7361     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7362     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7363         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7364         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7365       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7366            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7367       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7368     }
7369   }
7370 
7371   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7372     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7373     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7374     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7375       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7376 
7377     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7378       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7379 
7380     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7381       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7382                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7383     else if (!Previous.empty())
7384       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7385       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7386     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7387             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7388            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7389   } else {
7390     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7391     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7392     //
7393     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7394     //
7395     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7396     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7397     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7398         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7399         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7400       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7401            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7402         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7403 
7404     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7405     // argument list into our AST format.
7406     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7407       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7408       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7409       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7410       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7411                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7412       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7413                                  TemplateArgs);
7414 
7415       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7416 
7417       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7418         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7419       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7420         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7421         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7422           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7423 
7424         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7425       } else {
7426         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7427                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7428                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7429         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7430         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7431       }
7432     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7433       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7434       // wrote something like:
7435       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7436       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7437       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7438       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7439       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7440       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7441       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7442     }
7443 
7444     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7445     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7446     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7447     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7448     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7449     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7450         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7451          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7452             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7453             InstantiationDependent))) {
7454       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7455              "friend function specialization without template args");
7456       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7457                                                        Previous))
7458         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7459     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7460       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7461           && !isFriend) {
7462         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7463         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7464           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7465           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7466           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7467       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7468                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7469                                                            : nullptr),
7470                                                      Previous))
7471         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7472 
7473       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7474       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7475       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7476       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7477           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7478       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7479         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7480           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7481                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7482             << SC
7483             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7484                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7485 
7486         else
7487           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7488                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7489             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7490                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7491       }
7492 
7493     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7494       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7495           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7496     }
7497 
7498     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7499     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7500       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7501         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7502 
7503       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7504         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7505 
7506       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7507         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7508                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7509     }
7510 
7511     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7512             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7513            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7514 
7515     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7516                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7517                                 : NewFD);
7518 
7519     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7520       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7521       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7522         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7523 
7524       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7525       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7526     }
7527 
7528     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7529         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7530       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7531 
7532     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7533     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7534     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7535       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7536                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7537       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7538                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7539                                     : nullptr,
7540                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7541                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7542                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7543                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7544                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7545                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7546                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7547                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7548                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7549     }
7550 
7551     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7552       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7553     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7554       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7555                                        AddToScope };
7556       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7557       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7558         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7559 
7560       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7561       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7562         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7563         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7564 
7565         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7566         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7567         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7568         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7569         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7570         // can actually do this check immediately.
7571         if (isFriend &&
7572             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7573              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7574              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7575           // ignore these
7576         } else {
7577           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7578           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7579           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7580           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7581           //
7582           // class X {
7583           //   void f() const;
7584           // };
7585           //
7586           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7587           //
7588           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7589           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7590           // whether the parameter types are references).
7591 
7592           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7593                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7594             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7595             return Result;
7596           }
7597         }
7598 
7599         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7600         // to something.
7601       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7602         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7603                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7604           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7605           return Result;
7606         }
7607       }
7608 
7609     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7610                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7611                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7612                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7613       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7614       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7615       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7616       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7617       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7618       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7619       // generate them.
7620       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7621         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7622     }
7623   }
7624 
7625   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7626   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7627 
7628   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7629 
7630   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7631       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7632     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7633          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7634       << NewFD;
7635 
7636     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7637     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7638     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7639         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7640     EPI.Variadic = true;
7641     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7642 
7643     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7644     NewFD->setType(R);
7645   }
7646 
7647   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7648   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7649   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7650     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7651 
7652   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7653   // marking the function.
7654   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7655 
7656   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7657   // a pragma.
7658   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7659     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7660 
7661   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7662   // the map of such variables.
7663   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7664       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7665     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7666 
7667   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7668   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7669 
7670   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7671     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7672         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7673         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7674   }
7675 
7676   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7677     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7678       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7679         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7680       return FunctionTemplate;
7681     }
7682   }
7683 
7684   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7685     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7686     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7687         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7688       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7689       D.setInvalidType();
7690     }
7691 
7692     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7693     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7694       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
7695       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
7696           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
7697                                 : FixItHint());
7698       D.setInvalidType();
7699     }
7700 
7701     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7702     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7703       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7704   }
7705 
7706   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7707 
7708   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7709     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7710       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7711           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7712         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7713           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7714             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7715 
7716           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7717         }
7718       }
7719 
7720   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7721   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7722   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7723   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7724     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7725                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7726                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7727                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7728                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7729     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7730     AddToScope = false;
7731   }
7732 
7733   return NewFD;
7734 }
7735 
7736 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7737 ///
7738 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7739 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7740 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7741 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7742 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7743 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7744 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7745 ///
7746 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7747 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7748 ///
7749 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7750 ///
7751 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7752 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7753                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7754                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7755   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7756          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7757 
7758   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7759   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7760   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7761   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7762                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7763 
7764   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7765   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7766 
7767   bool Redeclaration = false;
7768   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
7769 
7770   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7771   // the same name, if appropriate.
7772   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7773     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7774     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7775     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7776     // function to the scope.
7777     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7778       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7779       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7780         Redeclaration = true;
7781         OldDecl = Candidate;
7782       }
7783     } else {
7784       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7785                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7786       case Ovl_Match:
7787         Redeclaration = true;
7788         break;
7789 
7790       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7791         Redeclaration = true;
7792         break;
7793 
7794       case Ovl_Overload:
7795         Redeclaration = false;
7796         break;
7797       }
7798 
7799       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7800         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7801         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7802         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7803           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7804         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
7805         if (Redeclaration)
7806           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7807         else if (!Previous.empty())
7808           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7809         if (OverloadedDecl)
7810           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7811                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7812         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7813       }
7814     }
7815   }
7816 
7817   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7818   if (!Redeclaration &&
7819       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7820     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7821     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7822       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7823       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7824       Redeclaration = true;
7825       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7826       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7827 
7828       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7829       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7830         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7831           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7832             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7833           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7834                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7835           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7836         }
7837         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7838           Redeclaration = false;
7839           OldDecl = nullptr;
7840         }
7841       }
7842     }
7843   }
7844 
7845   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7846   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7847   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7848   //
7849   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7850   // definition of a static member function.
7851   //
7852   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7853   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7854   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7855   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7856       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7857       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7858     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
7859     if (OldDecl)
7860       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7861     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7862       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7863         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7864       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7865       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7866       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7867                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7868 
7869       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7870       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7871       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7872         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7873         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7874                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7875           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7876 
7877         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7878           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7879       }
7880     }
7881   }
7882 
7883   if (Redeclaration) {
7884     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7885     // merged.
7886     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7887       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7888       return Redeclaration;
7889     }
7890 
7891     Previous.clear();
7892     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7893 
7894     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7895                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7896       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7897       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7898         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7899       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7900       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7901             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7902         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7903         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7904       }
7905 
7906       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7907       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7908       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7909           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7910         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7911         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7912       }
7913 
7914     } else {
7915       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7916       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7917 
7918       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7919         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7920         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7921         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7922         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7923 
7924         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7925         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7926         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7927 
7928         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7929         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7930             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7931           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7932           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7933           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7934           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7935           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7936             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7937           }
7938         }
7939       }
7940     }
7941   }
7942 
7943   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7944 
7945   // Diagnose calling conventions that don't support variadic calls.
7946   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType());
7947   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
7948   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewType)) {
7949     FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
7950     if (!supportsVariadicCall(NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
7951       // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
7952       // (void) parameters, so use a default-error warning in this case :-/
7953       int DiagID = NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_X86StdCall
7954           ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
7955       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
7956           << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC());
7957     }
7958   }
7959 
7960   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7961     // C++-specific checks.
7962     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7963       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7964     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7965                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7966       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7967       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7968 
7969       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7970       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7971       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7972         DeclarationName Name
7973           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7974                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7975         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7976           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7977           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7978           return Redeclaration;
7979         }
7980       }
7981     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7982                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7983       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7984     }
7985 
7986     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7987     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7988       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7989           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7990           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7991         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7992           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7993           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7994             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7995           }
7996         }
7997       }
7998 
7999       if (Method->isStatic())
8000         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
8001     }
8002 
8003     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
8004     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
8005         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8006       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8007       return Redeclaration;
8008     }
8009 
8010     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
8011     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
8012         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
8013       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8014       return Redeclaration;
8015     }
8016 
8017     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
8018     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
8019     // during delayed parsing anyway.
8020     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
8021       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
8022 
8023     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
8024     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
8025     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
8026       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
8027       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
8028       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
8029       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
8030         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
8031         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
8032         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
8033       }
8034     }
8035 
8036     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
8037     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
8038     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
8039     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
8040     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
8041       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
8042       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
8043         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
8044             << NewFD << R;
8045       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
8046                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8047         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
8048     }
8049   }
8050   return Redeclaration;
8051 }
8052 
8053 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
8054   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
8055   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
8056   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
8057   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
8058   //   appear in a declaration of main.
8059   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
8060   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
8061   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8062     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
8063          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
8064       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
8065   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
8066     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
8067       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
8068   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
8069     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
8070     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
8071     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
8072     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
8073       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
8074   }
8075   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
8076     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
8077       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
8078     FD->setConstexpr(false);
8079   }
8080 
8081   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
8082     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
8083         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
8084     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8085     return;
8086   }
8087 
8088   QualType T = FD->getType();
8089   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8090   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8091 
8092   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8093     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
8094     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
8095     // implicit-return-zero rule.
8096 
8097     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
8098     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8099       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8100     else {
8101       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
8102       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8103       if (RTRange.isValid())
8104         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
8105             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
8106     }
8107   } else {
8108     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
8109     // set the flag which tells us that.
8110     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
8111 
8112     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
8113     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
8114       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8115     else {
8116       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
8117       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
8118       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
8119           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
8120                                 : FixItHint());
8121       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8122     }
8123   }
8124 
8125   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8126   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8127 
8128   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8129   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8130   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8131 
8132   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8133 
8134   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8135   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8136   // getting shifty.
8137   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8138     HasExtraParameters = false;
8139 
8140   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8141     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8142     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8143     nparams = 3;
8144   }
8145 
8146   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8147   // if we had some location information about types.
8148 
8149   QualType CharPP =
8150     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8151   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8152 
8153   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8154     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8155 
8156     bool mismatch = true;
8157 
8158     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8159       mismatch = false;
8160     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8161       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8162       //   char const **
8163       //   char const * const *
8164       //   char * const *
8165 
8166       QualifierCollector qs;
8167       const PointerType* PT;
8168       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8169           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8170           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8171                               Context.CharTy)) {
8172         qs.removeConst();
8173         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8174       }
8175     }
8176 
8177     if (mismatch) {
8178       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8179       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8180       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8181     }
8182   }
8183 
8184   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8185     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8186   }
8187 
8188   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8189     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8190     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8191   }
8192 }
8193 
8194 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8195   QualType T = FD->getType();
8196   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8197   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8198 
8199   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8200   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8201   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8202       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8203       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8204     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8205     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8206       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8207 
8208   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8209     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8210     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8211   }
8212 }
8213 
8214 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8215   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8216   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8217   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8218   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8219   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8220   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8221   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8222   // rules there don't matter.)
8223   const Expr *Culprit;
8224   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8225     return false;
8226   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8227     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8228   return true;
8229 }
8230 
8231 namespace {
8232   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8233   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8234   class SelfReferenceChecker
8235       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8236     Sema &S;
8237     Decl *OrigDecl;
8238     bool isRecordType;
8239     bool isPODType;
8240     bool isReferenceType;
8241 
8242     bool isInitList;
8243     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
8244   public:
8245     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8246 
8247     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8248                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8249       isPODType = false;
8250       isRecordType = false;
8251       isReferenceType = false;
8252       isInitList = false;
8253       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8254         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8255         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8256         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8257       }
8258     }
8259 
8260     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
8261     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
8262     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
8263     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
8264       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
8265       if (!InitList) {
8266         Visit(E);
8267         return;
8268       }
8269 
8270       // Track and increment the index here.
8271       isInitList = true;
8272       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
8273       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
8274         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
8275         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
8276       }
8277       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
8278     }
8279 
8280     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed.
8281     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
8282     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
8283       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
8284       Expr *Base = E;
8285       bool ReferenceField = false;
8286 
8287       // Get the field memebers used.
8288       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8289         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
8290         if (!FD)
8291           return false;
8292         Fields.push_back(FD);
8293         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
8294           ReferenceField = true;
8295         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8296       }
8297 
8298       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
8299       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
8300       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
8301         return false;
8302 
8303       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
8304       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
8305         return true;
8306 
8307       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
8308       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
8309       for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) {
8310         UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex());
8311       }
8312 
8313       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
8314       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
8315       // initialized, then the use is safe.
8316       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
8317                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
8318                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
8319                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
8320            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
8321         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
8322           return true;
8323         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
8324           break;
8325       }
8326 
8327       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
8328       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8329       return true;
8330     }
8331 
8332     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8333     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8334     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8335     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8336       E = E->IgnoreParens();
8337       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8338         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8339         return;
8340       }
8341 
8342       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8343         Visit(CO->getCond());
8344         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8345         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8346         return;
8347       }
8348 
8349       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
8350               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8351         Visit(BCO->getCond());
8352         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
8353         return;
8354       }
8355 
8356       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
8357         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
8358         return;
8359       }
8360 
8361       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
8362         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
8363           Visit(BO->getLHS());
8364           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
8365           return;
8366         }
8367       }
8368 
8369       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8370         if (isInitList) {
8371           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
8372                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
8373             return;
8374         }
8375 
8376         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8377         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8378           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8379           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8380             return;
8381           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8382         }
8383         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8384           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8385         return;
8386       }
8387 
8388       Visit(E);
8389     }
8390 
8391     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
8392     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
8393     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8394       if (isReferenceType)
8395         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8396     }
8397 
8398     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8399       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
8400         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8401         return;
8402       }
8403 
8404       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8405     }
8406 
8407     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8408       if (isInitList) {
8409         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
8410           return;
8411       }
8412 
8413       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8414       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8415 
8416       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8417       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8418       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8419       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8420       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8421       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8422         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8423           Warn = false;
8424         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8425       }
8426 
8427       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8428         if (Warn)
8429           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8430         return;
8431       }
8432 
8433       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8434       // Visit that expression.
8435       Visit(Base);
8436     }
8437 
8438     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8439       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
8440         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
8441           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8442 
8443       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8444     }
8445 
8446     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8447       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8448       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8449           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8450         if (!isPODType)
8451           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8452         return;
8453       }
8454 
8455       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
8456         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8457         return;
8458       }
8459 
8460       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8461     }
8462 
8463     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8464 
8465     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
8466       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
8467         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
8468         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
8469           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
8470             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
8471         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
8472           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
8473             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
8474         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
8475         return;
8476       }
8477       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
8478     }
8479 
8480     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
8481       // Treat std::move as a use.
8482       if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) {
8483         if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) {
8484           if (FD->getIdentifier() && FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) {
8485             HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
8486             return;
8487           }
8488         }
8489       }
8490 
8491       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
8492     }
8493 
8494     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
8495       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
8496         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
8497         Visit(E->getRHS());
8498         return;
8499       }
8500 
8501       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
8502     }
8503 
8504     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
8505     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
8506     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
8507     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
8508       Visit(E->getCond());
8509       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
8510     }
8511 
8512     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8513       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8514       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8515       unsigned diag;
8516       if (isReferenceType) {
8517         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8518       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8519         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8520       } else {
8521         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8522       }
8523 
8524       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8525                             S.PDiag(diag)
8526                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8527                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8528                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8529     }
8530   };
8531 
8532   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8533   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8534                                  bool DirectInit) {
8535     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8536     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8537     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8538       return;
8539 
8540     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8541 
8542     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8543     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8544     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8545       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8546         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8547           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8548             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8549               return;
8550 
8551     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
8552   }
8553 }
8554 
8555 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8556 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8557 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8558 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8559                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8560   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8561   // the initializer.
8562   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8563     return;
8564 
8565   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8566     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8567     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8568     // Thus this grotesque test.
8569     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8570     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8571         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8572       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8573     else {
8574       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8575         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8576       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8577     }
8578     return;
8579   }
8580 
8581   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8582   if (!VDecl) {
8583     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8584     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8585     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8586     return;
8587   }
8588   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8589 
8590   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8591   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8592     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8593     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8594     // contains exactly one expression.
8595     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8596       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8597         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8598         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8599         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8600              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8601                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8602           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8603           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8604         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8605         return;
8606       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8607         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8608              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8609                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8610                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8611           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8612           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8613         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8614         return;
8615       } else {
8616         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8617         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8618           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8619                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8620             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8621             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8622       }
8623     }
8624 
8625     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8626     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8627     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8628         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8629       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8630       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8631         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8632         return;
8633       }
8634       Init = Result.get();
8635       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8636     }
8637 
8638     QualType DeducedType;
8639     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8640             DAR_Failed)
8641       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8642     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8643       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8644       return;
8645     }
8646     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8647     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8648 
8649     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8650     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8651       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8652 
8653     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8654     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8655     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8656     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8657     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8658         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8659       SourceLocation Loc =
8660           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8661       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8662         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8663     }
8664 
8665     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8666     // the previously declared type.
8667     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8668       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8669       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8670       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8671     }
8672 
8673     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8674     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8675     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8676       return;
8677   }
8678 
8679   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8680   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8681     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8682     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8683     return;
8684   }
8685 
8686   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8687     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8688     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8689     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8690     return;
8691   }
8692 
8693   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8694     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8695     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8696     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8697     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8698     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8699       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8700     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8701                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8702       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8703       return;
8704     }
8705 
8706     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8707     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8708                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8709                                AbstractVariableType))
8710       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8711   }
8712 
8713   const VarDecl *Def;
8714   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8715     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8716       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8717     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8718     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8719     return;
8720   }
8721 
8722   const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr;
8723   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8724     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8725     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8726     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8727     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8728     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8729     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8730     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8731     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8732     //
8733     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8734     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8735     // declaration with an initializer.
8736     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8737       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8738           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8739       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8740       return;
8741     }
8742 
8743     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8744       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8745 
8746     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8747       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8748       return;
8749     }
8750   }
8751 
8752   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8753   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8754   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8755     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8756     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8757     return;
8758   }
8759 
8760   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8761   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8762   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8763 
8764   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8765   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8766   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8767       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8768     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8769     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8770       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8771       return;
8772     }
8773     Init = Result.get();
8774   }
8775 
8776   // Perform the initialization.
8777   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8778     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8779     InitializationKind Kind
8780       = DirectInit ?
8781           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8782                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8783                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8784                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8785                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8786                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8787                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8788 
8789     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8790     if (CXXDirectInit)
8791       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8792                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8793 
8794     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8795     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8796     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8797       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8798       return;
8799     }
8800 
8801     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
8802   }
8803 
8804   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8805   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8806   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8807   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8808       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8809     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8810   }
8811 
8812   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8813   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8814   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8815   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8816   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8817     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8818 
8819   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8820     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8821 
8822     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8823       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8824 
8825     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8826     // Although this code can still have problems:
8827     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8828     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8829     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8830     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8831     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8832     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
8833         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8834                          Init->getLocStart()))
8835         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8836   }
8837 
8838   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8839   //
8840   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8841   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8842   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8843   //
8844   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8845   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8846   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8847   //
8848   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8849   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8850                                           false,
8851                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8852   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8853     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8854     return;
8855   }
8856   Init = Result.get();
8857 
8858   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8859   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8860 
8861   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8862     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8863     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8864     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8865     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8866       const Expr *Culprit;
8867       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8868         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8869       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8870       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8871       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8872       // constant expressions.
8873       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8874                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8875                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8876         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
8877              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8878           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8879     }
8880   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8881              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8882     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8883     //
8884     // struct S {
8885     //   static const int value = 17;
8886     // };
8887 
8888     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8889     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8890     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8891     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8892     //
8893     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8894     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8895     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8896     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8897     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8898     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8899     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8900     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8901     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8902 
8903     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8904     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8905 
8906     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8907     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8908     // type.
8909     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8910 
8911     // Require constness.
8912     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8913       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8914         << Init->getSourceRange();
8915       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8916 
8917     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8918     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8919       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8920       SourceLocation Loc;
8921       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8922         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8923         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8924         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8925       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8926         ; // Nothing to check.
8927       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8928         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8929       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8930         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8931         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8932         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8933           << Init->getSourceRange();
8934       } else {
8935         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8936         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8937         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8938           << Init->getSourceRange();
8939         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8940       }
8941 
8942     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8943     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8944       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8945       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8946       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8947         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8948              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8949             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8950         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8951              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8952             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8953       } else {
8954         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8955           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8956 
8957         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8958           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8959             << Init->getSourceRange();
8960           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8961         }
8962       }
8963 
8964     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8965     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8966       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8967         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8968         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8969       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8970 
8971     } else {
8972       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8973         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8974       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8975     }
8976   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8977     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8978         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8979          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8980            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8981         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8982       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8983 
8984     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8985     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8986       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8987   }
8988 
8989   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8990   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8991   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8992   //
8993   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8994   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8995   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8996   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8997   // special case code.
8998 
8999   // C++ 8.5p11:
9000   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
9001   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
9002   // class type.
9003   if (CXXDirectInit) {
9004     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
9005     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9006   } else if (DirectInit) {
9007     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
9008     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
9009   }
9010 
9011   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
9012 }
9013 
9014 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
9015 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
9016 /// of sanity.
9017 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
9018   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
9019   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
9020   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9021 
9022   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9023   if (!VD) return;
9024 
9025   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
9026   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
9027     D->setInvalidDecl();
9028     return;
9029   }
9030 
9031   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
9032   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
9033 
9034   // Require a complete type.
9035   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
9036                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
9037                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9038     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9039     return;
9040   }
9041 
9042   // Require a non-abstract type.
9043   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
9044                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9045                              AbstractVariableType)) {
9046     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9047     return;
9048   }
9049 
9050   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
9051   // though.
9052 }
9053 
9054 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
9055                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9056   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
9057   if (!RealDecl)
9058     return;
9059 
9060   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
9061     QualType Type = Var->getType();
9062 
9063     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
9064     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
9065       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
9066         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
9067       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9068       return;
9069     }
9070 
9071     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
9072     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
9073     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
9074     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
9075     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
9076     // member.
9077     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9078       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
9079         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9080              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
9081           << Var->getDeclName();
9082       else
9083         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
9084       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9085       return;
9086     }
9087 
9088     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
9089     // be initialized.
9090     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9091         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
9092         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
9093       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
9094       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9095       return;
9096     }
9097 
9098     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9099     case VarDecl::Definition:
9100       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
9101         break;
9102 
9103       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
9104       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
9105       // a declaration.
9106       //
9107       // Fall through
9108 
9109     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
9110       // It's only a declaration.
9111 
9112       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
9113       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
9114       // object shall be complete.
9115       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
9116           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9117           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9118                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
9119         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9120 
9121       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
9122       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9123           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9124                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9125                                  AbstractVariableType))
9126         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9127       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
9128           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
9129         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
9130         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
9131       }
9132 
9133       return;
9134 
9135     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
9136       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
9137       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
9138       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
9139       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
9140       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
9141       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
9142         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
9143                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
9144           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9145                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
9146                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
9147             Var->setInvalidDecl();
9148         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
9149           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
9150           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
9151           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
9152           // NOTE: code such as the following
9153           //     static struct s;
9154           //     struct s { int a; };
9155           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
9156           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
9157           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
9158           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
9159             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9160                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
9161         }
9162       }
9163 
9164       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
9165       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
9166         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
9167       return;
9168     }
9169 
9170     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9171     // definitions with incomplete array type.
9172     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
9173       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
9174            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
9175       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9176       return;
9177     }
9178 
9179     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
9180     // definitions with reference type.
9181     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
9182       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
9183         << Var->getDeclName()
9184         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
9185       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9186       return;
9187     }
9188 
9189     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
9190     // variable with dependent type.
9191     if (Type->isDependentType())
9192       return;
9193 
9194     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
9195       return;
9196 
9197     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9198       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
9199                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
9200                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
9201         Var->setInvalidDecl();
9202         return;
9203       }
9204     }
9205 
9206     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
9207     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
9208                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9209                                AbstractVariableType)) {
9210       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9211       return;
9212     }
9213 
9214     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
9215     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
9216     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
9217     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
9218     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
9219     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
9220     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
9221     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
9222     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
9223     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
9224     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9225       if (const RecordType *Record
9226             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9227         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
9228         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
9229         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
9230         // incompatibilities with C++98.
9231         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
9232           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9233       }
9234     }
9235 
9236     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
9237     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
9238     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
9239     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
9240     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
9241     //   type shall have a user-declared default
9242     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
9243     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
9244     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
9245     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
9246     //   program is ill-formed.
9247     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
9248     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
9249     //   default-initialized; [...].
9250     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
9251     InitializationKind Kind
9252       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
9253 
9254     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9255     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
9256     if (Init.isInvalid())
9257       Var->setInvalidDecl();
9258     else if (Init.get()) {
9259       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
9260       // This is important for template substitution.
9261       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
9262     }
9263 
9264     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
9265   }
9266 }
9267 
9268 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
9269   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
9270   if (!VD) {
9271     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
9272     D->setInvalidDecl();
9273     return;
9274   }
9275 
9276   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9277 
9278   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
9279   int Error = -1;
9280   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
9281   case SC_None:
9282     break;
9283   case SC_Extern:
9284     Error = 0;
9285     break;
9286   case SC_Static:
9287     Error = 1;
9288     break;
9289   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9290     Error = 2;
9291     break;
9292   case SC_Auto:
9293     Error = 3;
9294     break;
9295   case SC_Register:
9296     Error = 4;
9297     break;
9298   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9299     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9300   }
9301   if (VD->isConstexpr())
9302     Error = 5;
9303   if (Error != -1) {
9304     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9305       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9306     D->setInvalidDecl();
9307   }
9308 }
9309 
9310 StmtResult
9311 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9312                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9313                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9314                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9315   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9316   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9317   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9318   //   is equivalent to
9319   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9320   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9321 
9322   const char *PrevSpec;
9323   unsigned DiagID;
9324   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9325                      getPrintingPolicy());
9326 
9327   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9328   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9329   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9330 
9331   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9332   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9333                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9334   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9335   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9336   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9337   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9338                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9339 }
9340 
9341 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9342   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9343 
9344   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9345   // local retaining variable.
9346   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9347       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9348     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9349     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9350     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9351     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9352       break;
9353 
9354     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9355     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9356       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9357       break;
9358     }
9359   }
9360 
9361   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9362   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9363   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9364   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9365   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9366   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9367       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9368       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9369       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9370                                   var->getLocation())) {
9371     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9372     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9373     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9374       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9375 
9376     if (!prev)
9377       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9378   }
9379 
9380   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9381     const Expr *Culprit;
9382     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9383       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9384       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9385       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9386       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9387       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9388         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9389     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9390                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9391                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9392       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9393       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9394       //   initialization.
9395       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9396       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9397         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9398       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9399         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9400     }
9401 
9402   }
9403 
9404   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9405       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9406     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9407     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read;
9408     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9409       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9410     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9411       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9412       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9413     } else {
9414       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9415       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
9416     }
9417     if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue)
9418       var->addAttr(
9419           SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9420                                       Stack->CurrentValue->getString(),
9421                                       Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9422     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9423       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9424         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9425 
9426     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9427     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9428     // attribute.
9429     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9430       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9431                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9432   }
9433 
9434   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9435   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9436 
9437   QualType type = var->getType();
9438   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9439 
9440   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9441   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9442     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9443     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9444 
9445     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9446     // constructing this copy.
9447     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9448       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9449       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9450       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9451       ExprResult result
9452         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9453             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9454             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9455       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9456         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9457         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9458         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9459       }
9460     }
9461   }
9462 
9463   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9464   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
9465   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9466 
9467   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9468       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9469     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9470         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9471                                     var->getLocation())) {
9472       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9473       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9474       // warned about them.
9475       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9476       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9477           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9478         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9479           << Init->getSourceRange();
9480     }
9481 
9482     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9483       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9484       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9485         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9486         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9487         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9488         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9489               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9490           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9491           Notes.clear();
9492         }
9493         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9494           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9495         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9496           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9497       }
9498     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9499       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9500       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9501       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9502       var->checkInitIsICE();
9503     }
9504   }
9505 
9506   // Require the destructor.
9507   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9508     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9509 }
9510 
9511 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9512 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9513 void
9514 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9515   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9516   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9517 
9518   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9519   if (!VD)
9520     return;
9521 
9522   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9523 
9524   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9525   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9526     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9527             dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9528       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9529         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9530         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9531         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9532       }
9533     }
9534   }
9535 
9536   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
9537   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
9538 
9539   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9540   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
9541     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9542         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9543       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9544       // with a warning.
9545       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9546         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9547       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9548           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9549           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9550 
9551       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9552            IsClassTemplateMember
9553                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9554                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9555       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9556       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9557         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9558     }
9559   }
9560 
9561   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
9562   // isn't exported with the variable.
9563   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
9564     Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
9565                                                                   << DLLAttr;
9566     VD->setInvalidDecl();
9567   }
9568 
9569   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9570     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9571       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9572       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9573     }
9574   }
9575 
9576   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9577       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
9578     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
9579       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9580         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
9581             << VD->getDeclName();
9582         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9583         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9584       }
9585     }
9586   }
9587 
9588   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9589   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9590   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9591   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9592     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9593 
9594   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9595   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9596       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9597     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9598 
9599   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9600   // tag values.
9601   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9602       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9603     return;
9604 
9605   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9606     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9607     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9608       continue;
9609     }
9610     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9611     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9612       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9613            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9614         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9615       continue;
9616     }
9617     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9618       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9619            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9620         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9621       continue;
9622     }
9623     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9624     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9625                                MagicValue,
9626                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9627                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9628                                I->getMustBeNull());
9629   }
9630 }
9631 
9632 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9633                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9634   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9635 
9636   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9637     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9638 
9639   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9640   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9641     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9642       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9643         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9644           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9645       Decls.push_back(D);
9646     }
9647 
9648   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9649     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9650       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
9651       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9652         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9653     }
9654   }
9655 
9656   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9657 }
9658 
9659 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9660 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9661 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9662 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9663                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9664   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9665   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9666   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9667   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9668   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9669   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9670   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9671   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9672     QualType Deduced;
9673     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9674     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
9675     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9676       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9677         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9678         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9679         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9680           break;
9681         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9682         if (!U.isNull()) {
9683           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9684           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9685             Deduced = U;
9686             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9687             DeducedDecl = D;
9688           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9689             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9690                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9691               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9692               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9693               << U << D->getDeclName()
9694               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9695               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9696             D->setInvalidDecl();
9697             break;
9698           }
9699         }
9700       }
9701     }
9702   }
9703 
9704   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9705 
9706   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9707       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9708 }
9709 
9710 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9711   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9712 }
9713 
9714 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9715   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9716   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9717    return;
9718 
9719   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation()))
9720     return;
9721 
9722   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9723     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9724     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9725     // additional declaration references:
9726     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9727     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9728     //   'struct S *pS;'
9729     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9730     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9731     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9732       Group = Group.slice(1);
9733     }
9734   }
9735 
9736   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9737   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9738   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9739       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9740     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9741     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9742     //
9743     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9744     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9745     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9746     // ahead through comments.
9747     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9748       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9749   }
9750 }
9751 
9752 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9753 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9754 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9755   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9756 
9757   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9758 
9759   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9760   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9761   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9762     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9763   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9764              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9765     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9766   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9767     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9768          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9769     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9770   }
9771 
9772   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9773     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9774       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9775   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9776     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9777       << 0;
9778 
9779   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9780 
9781   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9782   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9783 
9784   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9785     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9786     // parameter.
9787     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9788 
9789     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9790     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9791       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9792         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9793       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9794     }
9795   }
9796 
9797   // Ensure we have a valid name
9798   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
9799   if (D.hasName()) {
9800     II = D.getIdentifier();
9801     if (!II) {
9802       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9803         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9804       D.setInvalidType(true);
9805     }
9806   }
9807 
9808   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9809   if (II) {
9810     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9811                    ForRedeclaration);
9812     LookupName(R, S);
9813     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9814       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9815       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9816         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9817         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9818         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9819         PrevDecl = nullptr;
9820       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9821         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9822         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9823 
9824         // Recover by removing the name
9825         II = nullptr;
9826         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9827         D.setInvalidType(true);
9828       }
9829     }
9830   }
9831 
9832   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9833   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9834   // looking like class members in C++.
9835   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9836                                     D.getLocStart(),
9837                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9838                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9839                                     StorageClass);
9840 
9841   if (D.isInvalidType())
9842     New->setInvalidDecl();
9843 
9844   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9845   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9846   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9847                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9848 
9849   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9850   S->AddDecl(New);
9851   if (II)
9852     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9853 
9854   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9855 
9856   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9857     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9858       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9859       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9860       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9861 
9862   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9863     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9864   }
9865   return New;
9866 }
9867 
9868 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9869 /// typedef.
9870 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9871                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9872                                               QualType T) {
9873   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9874      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9875      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9876   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
9877                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9878                                            SC_None, nullptr);
9879   Param->setImplicit();
9880   return Param;
9881 }
9882 
9883 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9884                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9885   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9886   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9887   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9888     return;
9889 
9890   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9891     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9892         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9893       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9894         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9895     }
9896   }
9897 }
9898 
9899 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9900                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9901                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9902                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9903   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9904     return;
9905 
9906   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9907   // threshold.
9908   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9909     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9910     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9911       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9912           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9913   }
9914 
9915   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9916   // threshold.
9917   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9918     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9919     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9920       continue;
9921     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9922     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9923       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9924           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9925   }
9926 }
9927 
9928 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9929                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9930                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9931                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9932   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9933   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9934       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9935       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9936 
9937     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9938 
9939     // Special cases for arrays:
9940     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9941     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9942     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9943       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9944         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9945             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9946             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9947       }
9948       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9949     } else {
9950       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9951     }
9952     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9953   }
9954 
9955   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9956                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9957                                          TSInfo,
9958                                          StorageClass, nullptr);
9959 
9960   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9961   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9962   // the class has been completely parsed.
9963   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9964       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9965                              AbstractParamType))
9966     New->setInvalidDecl();
9967 
9968   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9969   // passed by reference.
9970   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9971     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9972     Diag(NameLoc,
9973          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9974       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9975     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9976     New->setType(T);
9977   }
9978 
9979   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9980   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9981   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9982   // an address space.
9983   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9984     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
9985     // to be qualified with an address space.
9986     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
9987       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9988       New->setInvalidDecl();
9989     }
9990   }
9991 
9992   return New;
9993 }
9994 
9995 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9996                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9997   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9998 
9999   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
10000   // for a K&R function.
10001   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
10002     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
10003       --i;
10004       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
10005         SmallString<256> Code;
10006         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
10007             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
10008         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
10009             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
10010             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
10011 
10012         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
10013         // type.
10014         AttributeFactory attrs;
10015         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
10016         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
10017         unsigned DiagID; // unused
10018         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
10019                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10020         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
10021         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10022         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10023         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
10024         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
10025         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
10026       }
10027     }
10028   }
10029 }
10030 
10031 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
10032   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
10033   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
10034   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
10035 
10036   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
10037   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
10038   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
10039 }
10040 
10041 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
10042   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
10043 }
10044 
10045 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
10046                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10047   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
10048   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10049     return false;
10050 
10051   // Or declarations that aren't global.
10052   if (!FD->isGlobal())
10053     return false;
10054 
10055   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
10056   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
10057     return false;
10058 
10059   // Don't warn about 'main'.
10060   if (FD->isMain())
10061     return false;
10062 
10063   // Don't warn about inline functions.
10064   if (FD->isInlined())
10065     return false;
10066 
10067   // Don't warn about function templates.
10068   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10069     return false;
10070 
10071   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
10072   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
10073     return false;
10074 
10075   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
10076   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
10077     return false;
10078 
10079   bool MissingPrototype = true;
10080   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
10081        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
10082     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
10083     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
10084     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
10085       continue;
10086 
10087     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
10088     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
10089       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
10090     break;
10091   }
10092 
10093   return MissingPrototype;
10094 }
10095 
10096 void
10097 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
10098                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
10099   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
10100   // was an extern inline function.
10101   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
10102   if (!Definition)
10103     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
10104       return;
10105 
10106   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
10107     return;
10108 
10109   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
10110       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
10111     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
10112         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
10113   else
10114     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
10115 
10116   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10117   FD->setInvalidDecl();
10118 }
10119 
10120 
10121 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
10122                                    Sema &S) {
10123   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
10124 
10125   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
10126   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
10127   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
10128   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
10129   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
10130 
10131   if (LCD == LCD_None)
10132     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
10133   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
10134     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
10135   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
10136     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
10137   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
10138 
10139   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
10140   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
10141 
10142   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
10143   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
10144   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
10145   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
10146     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
10147       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
10148       if (VD->isInitCapture())
10149         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
10150       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
10151       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
10152       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
10153           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(),
10154           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
10155                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
10156           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10157 
10158     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
10159       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
10160                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
10161     } else {
10162       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType());
10163     }
10164     ++I;
10165   }
10166 }
10167 
10168 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
10169   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
10170   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
10171 
10172   if (!D)
10173     return D;
10174   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
10175 
10176   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
10177     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
10178   else
10179     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
10180   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
10181   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
10182   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
10183   // LambdaScopeInfo.
10184   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
10185   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
10186   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
10187   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
10188   // have the LSI properly restored.
10189   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
10190     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
10191       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
10192       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
10193     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
10194   }
10195   else
10196     // Enter a new function scope
10197     PushFunctionScope();
10198 
10199   // See if this is a redefinition.
10200   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
10201     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
10202 
10203   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
10204   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10205     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
10206         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
10207       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
10208       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10209     }
10210   }
10211 
10212   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
10213   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
10214   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
10215   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
10216       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10217       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
10218                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
10219     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10220 
10221   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
10222   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
10223   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
10224   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
10225   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
10226   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
10227   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
10228     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
10229 
10230     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
10231       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
10232       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
10233       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
10234               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
10235         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
10236         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
10237           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
10238                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
10239             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
10240             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
10241       }
10242     }
10243   }
10244 
10245   if (FnBodyScope)
10246     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
10247 
10248   // Check the validity of our function parameters
10249   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10250                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
10251 
10252   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
10253   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
10254     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
10255 
10256     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10257     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
10258       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
10259 
10260       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
10261     }
10262   }
10263 
10264   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
10265   // introduce them into the function scope.
10266   if (FnBodyScope) {
10267     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
10268              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
10269              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
10270          I != E; ++I) {
10271       NamedDecl *D = *I;
10272 
10273       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
10274       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
10275       // and reattach to the current context.
10276       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
10277         // Is the decl actually in the context?
10278         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
10279           if (DI == D) {
10280             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
10281             break;
10282           }
10283         }
10284         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
10285         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10286       }
10287 
10288       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
10289       if (!D->getName().empty())
10290         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10291 
10292       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
10293       // accessible in this scope.
10294       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
10295         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
10296           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10297       }
10298     }
10299   }
10300 
10301   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10302   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10303     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10304 
10305   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10306   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10307       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10308     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10309     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10310     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10311     return D;
10312   }
10313   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10314   // a function template).
10315   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10316   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10317       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10318       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10319     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10320 
10321   return D;
10322 }
10323 
10324 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10325 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10326 /// optimization.
10327 ///
10328 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10329 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10330 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10331 /// use the named return value optimization.
10332 ///
10333 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10334 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10335 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10336 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10337   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10338 
10339   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10340     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10341       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10342         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10343     }
10344   }
10345 }
10346 
10347 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10348   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10349   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10350     return false;
10351 
10352   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10353   // return type (yet).
10354   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10355     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10356     // we can still delay parsing it.
10357     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10358       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10359       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10360           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10361         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10362         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10363       }
10364     }
10365     return false;
10366   }
10367 
10368   return true;
10369 }
10370 
10371 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10372   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10373   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10374   // rest of the file.
10375   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10376   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10377   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10378     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10379       return false;
10380   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10381 }
10382 
10383 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10384   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10385     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10386   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10387     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10388   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10389 }
10390 
10391 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10392   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10393 }
10394 
10395 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10396                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10397   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10398 
10399   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10400   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10401 
10402   if (FD) {
10403     FD->setBody(Body);
10404 
10405     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10406         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10407       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10408       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10409       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10410       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10411         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10412             << FD->getReturnType();
10413         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10414       } else {
10415         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10416         TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
10417         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10418             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10419       }
10420     }
10421 
10422     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10423     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10424     // is the first declaration.
10425     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10426       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10427         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10428       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10429                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
10430                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10431         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10432     }
10433 
10434     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10435     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10436     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10437       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10438 
10439     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10440     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10441     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10442       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10443 
10444     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10445       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10446       if (Body)
10447         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10448       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10449                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10450 
10451       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
10452       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10453         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10454 
10455       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10456       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10457       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10458       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10459           !FD->isDependentContext())
10460         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10461     }
10462 
10463     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10464            "Function parsing confused");
10465   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10466     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10467     MD->setBody(Body);
10468     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10469       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10470       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10471                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10472 
10473       if (Body)
10474         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10475     }
10476     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10477       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10478         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10479       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10480     }
10481     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10482       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10483       bool isDesignated =
10484           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10485       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10486       (void)isDesignated;
10487 
10488       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10489         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10490         if (!IFace)
10491           return false;
10492         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10493         if (!SuperD)
10494           return false;
10495         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10496             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10497       };
10498       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10499       // of NSObject.
10500       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10501         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10502              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10503         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10504              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10505       }
10506       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10507     }
10508     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10509       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10510       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10511         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10512       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10513     }
10514   } else {
10515     return nullptr;
10516   }
10517 
10518   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10519          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10520          "handled in the block above.");
10521 
10522   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10523   if (Body) {
10524     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10525     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10526     // Verify this.
10527     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10528       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10529 
10530     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10531     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10532         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10533       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10534 
10535     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10536       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10537         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10538 
10539       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10540                                              Destructor->getParent());
10541     }
10542 
10543     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10544     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10545     // deletion in some later function.
10546     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10547         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10548       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10549     }
10550     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10551         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10552       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10553       // enabled.
10554       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10555     }
10556 
10557     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10558         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10559          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10560       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10561 
10562     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
10563       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
10564         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
10565           Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
10566           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
10567           FD->setInvalidDecl();
10568           break;
10569         }
10570       }
10571     }
10572 
10573     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
10574     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10575     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10576            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10577   }
10578 
10579   if (!IsInstantiation)
10580     PopDeclContext();
10581 
10582   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10583   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10584   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10585   // deletion in some later function.
10586   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10587     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10588   }
10589 
10590   return dcl;
10591 }
10592 
10593 
10594 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10595 /// relevant Decl.
10596 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10597                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10598   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10599   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10600     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10601   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10602 
10603   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10604     if (Method->isStatic())
10605       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10606 }
10607 
10608 
10609 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10610 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10611 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10612                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10613   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10614   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10615   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10616   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10617   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10618     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10619     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10620     return ExternCPrev;
10621   }
10622 
10623   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10624   unsigned diag_id;
10625   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10626     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10627   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10628     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10629   else
10630     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10631   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10632 
10633   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10634   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10635   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10636     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10637     if (S &&
10638         (Corrected = CorrectTypo(
10639              DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr,
10640              llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError)))
10641       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10642                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10643   }
10644 
10645   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10646   const char *Dummy;
10647   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10648   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10649   unsigned DiagID;
10650   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10651                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10652   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10653   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10654   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10655   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10656   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10657                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10658                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10659                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
10660                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10661                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10662                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10663                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10664                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10665                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10666                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10667                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10668                                              /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10669                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10670                                              EST_None,
10671                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10672                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
10673                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
10674                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10675                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
10676                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10677                 DS.getAttributes(),
10678                 SourceLocation());
10679   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10680 
10681   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10682 
10683   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10684   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10685 
10686   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10687   FD->setImplicit();
10688 
10689   CurContext = PrevDC;
10690 
10691   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10692 
10693   return FD;
10694 }
10695 
10696 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10697 /// the declaration of this function.
10698 ///
10699 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10700 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10701 /// like NSLog or printf.
10702 ///
10703 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10704 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10705 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10706   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10707     return;
10708 
10709   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10710   // actual attributes.
10711   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10712     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10713     unsigned FormatIdx;
10714     bool HasVAListArg;
10715     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10716       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10717         const char *fmt = "printf";
10718         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10719         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10720             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10721           fmt = "NSString";
10722         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10723                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10724                                                FormatIdx+1,
10725                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10726                                                FD->getLocation()));
10727       }
10728     }
10729     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10730                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10731      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10732        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10733                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10734                                               FormatIdx+1,
10735                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10736                                               FD->getLocation()));
10737     }
10738 
10739     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10740     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10741     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10742     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10743         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10744       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10745         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10746     }
10747 
10748     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10749         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10750       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10751                                          FD->getLocation()));
10752     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10753       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10754     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10755       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10756   }
10757 
10758   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10759   if (!Name)
10760     return;
10761   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10762        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10763       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10764        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10765        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10766     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10767     // about.
10768   } else
10769     return;
10770 
10771   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10772     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10773     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10774     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10775       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10776                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10777                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10778                                              FD->getLocation()));
10779   }
10780 
10781   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10782     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10783     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10784     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10785       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10786                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10787   }
10788 }
10789 
10790 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10791                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10792   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10793   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10794 
10795   if (!TInfo) {
10796     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10797     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10798   }
10799 
10800   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10801   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10802                                            D.getLocStart(),
10803                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10804                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10805                                            TInfo);
10806 
10807   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10808   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10809     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10810     return NewTD;
10811   }
10812 
10813   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10814     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10815       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10816         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10817         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10818         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10819     else
10820       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10821   }
10822 
10823   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10824   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10825   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10826   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10827   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10828   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10829   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10830   case TST_enum:
10831   case TST_struct:
10832   case TST_interface:
10833   case TST_union:
10834   case TST_class: {
10835     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10836 
10837     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10838     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10839     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10840     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10841 
10842     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10843     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10844 
10845     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10846     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10847       break;
10848 
10849     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10850     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10851     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10852     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10853     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10854     // for how to handle it.
10855     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10856       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10857 
10858       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10859       tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
10860 
10861       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10862       textToInsert += ' ';
10863       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10864       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10865         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10866       break;
10867     }
10868 
10869     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10870     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10871     break;
10872   }
10873 
10874   default:
10875     break;
10876   }
10877 
10878   return NewTD;
10879 }
10880 
10881 
10882 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10883 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10884   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10885   QualType T = TI->getType();
10886 
10887   if (T->isDependentType())
10888     return false;
10889 
10890   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10891     if (BT->isInteger())
10892       return false;
10893 
10894   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10895   return true;
10896 }
10897 
10898 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10899 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10900 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10901                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10902                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10903   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10904 
10905   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10906     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10907       << Prev->isScoped();
10908     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10909     return true;
10910   }
10911 
10912   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10913     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10914         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10915         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10916                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10917       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10918       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10919         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10920       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10921           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10922       return true;
10923     }
10924   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10925     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10926       << Prev->isFixed();
10927     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10928     return true;
10929   }
10930 
10931   return false;
10932 }
10933 
10934 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10935 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10936 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10937 ///
10938 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10939 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10940   switch (Tag) {
10941   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10942   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10943   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10944   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10945   }
10946 }
10947 
10948 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10949 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10950 ///
10951 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10952 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10953 {
10954   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10955 }
10956 
10957 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10958 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10959 ///
10960 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10961 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10962                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10963                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10964                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10965   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10966   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10967   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10968   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10969   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10970   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10971   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10972   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10973   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10974   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10975   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10976   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10977   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10978   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10979   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10980     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10981       return true;
10982 
10983   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10984     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10985     bool isTemplate = false;
10986     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10987       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10988 
10989     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10990       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10991       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10992       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10993         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10994         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10995       return true;
10996     }
10997 
10998     if (isDefinition) {
10999       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
11000       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
11001       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11002         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
11003         return true;
11004       }
11005 
11006       bool previousMismatch = false;
11007       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
11008         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
11009           if (!previousMismatch) {
11010             previousMismatch = true;
11011             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
11012               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11013               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
11014           }
11015           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11016             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
11017             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
11018                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
11019         }
11020       }
11021       return true;
11022     }
11023 
11024     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
11025     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
11026     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
11027     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
11028                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
11029     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
11030       return true;
11031     }
11032 
11033     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
11034       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
11035       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
11036     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11037 
11038     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
11039     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
11040         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
11041           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
11042           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
11043                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
11044     }
11045 
11046     return true;
11047   }
11048   return false;
11049 }
11050 
11051 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
11052 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
11053 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
11054 ///   namespace N {
11055 ///     struct X;
11056 ///     namespace M {
11057 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
11058 ///     }
11059 ///   }
11060 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
11061                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11062   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
11063   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
11064   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
11065   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
11066   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11067   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
11068     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
11069     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
11070     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
11071     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
11072       return FixItHint();
11073     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
11074     Namespaces.push_back(II);
11075     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
11076         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
11077     if (Lookup == Namespace)
11078       break;
11079   }
11080 
11081   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
11082   // build an NNS.
11083   SmallString<64> Insertion;
11084   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
11085   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
11086     OS << "::";
11087   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
11088   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
11089     OS << II->getName() << "::";
11090   OS.flush();
11091   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
11092 }
11093 
11094 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
11095 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
11096 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
11097 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
11098 ///
11099 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
11100 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
11101 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
11102                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
11103                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
11104                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
11105                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
11106                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
11107                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
11108                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
11109                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
11110                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
11111                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
11112   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
11113   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
11114   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
11115          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
11116   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
11117 
11118   OwnedDecl = false;
11119   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
11120   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
11121 
11122   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
11123   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
11124   bool Invalid = false;
11125 
11126   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
11127   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
11128   // for non-C++ cases.
11129   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
11130       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
11131     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
11132             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
11133                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
11134                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
11135       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11136         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
11137         return nullptr;
11138       }
11139 
11140       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
11141         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
11142         // be a member of another template).
11143 
11144         if (Invalid)
11145           return nullptr;
11146 
11147         OwnedDecl = false;
11148         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
11149                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
11150                                                TemplateParams, AS,
11151                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
11152                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
11153                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
11154                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
11155         return Result.get();
11156       } else {
11157         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
11158         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
11159           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
11160         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
11161       }
11162     }
11163   }
11164 
11165   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
11166   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
11167   // redeclaration.
11168   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
11169 
11170   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11171     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
11172       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
11173       // type, default to int.
11174       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11175     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
11176       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
11177       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
11178       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
11179       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
11180       EnumUnderlying = TI;
11181 
11182       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
11183         // Recover by falling back to int.
11184         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11185 
11186       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
11187                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
11188         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11189 
11190     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11191       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
11192       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
11193   }
11194 
11195   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
11196   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
11197   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
11198 
11199   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
11200   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
11201     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
11202 
11203   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
11204   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11205     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
11206 
11207     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
11208     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
11209       Name = nullptr;
11210       goto CreateNewDecl;
11211     }
11212 
11213     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
11214     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
11215     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11216       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
11217       if (!DC) {
11218         IsDependent = true;
11219         return nullptr;
11220       }
11221     } else {
11222       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
11223       if (!DC) {
11224         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
11225           << SS.getRange();
11226         return nullptr;
11227       }
11228     }
11229 
11230     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
11231       return nullptr;
11232 
11233     SearchDC = DC;
11234     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
11235     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
11236 
11237     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11238       return nullptr;
11239 
11240     if (Previous.empty()) {
11241       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
11242       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
11243       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
11244       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
11245       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
11246       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
11247       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
11248           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11249         IsDependent = true;
11250         return nullptr;
11251       }
11252 
11253       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
11254       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
11255         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
11256       Name = nullptr;
11257       Invalid = true;
11258       goto CreateNewDecl;
11259     }
11260   } else if (Name) {
11261     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
11262     // declaration or definition.
11263     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
11264     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
11265     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
11266     LookupName(Previous, S);
11267 
11268     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
11269     // by types using'ed into this scope.
11270     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
11271         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
11272       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11273       while (F.hasNext()) {
11274         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11275         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
11276           F.erase();
11277       }
11278       F.done();
11279     }
11280 
11281     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
11282     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
11283     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
11284     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
11285     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
11286     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
11287     //
11288     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
11289     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
11290     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
11291     //
11292     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
11293     // semantic context?
11294     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11295       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11296       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
11297       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
11298       while (F.hasNext()) {
11299         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
11300         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11301         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
11302             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
11303           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11304             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
11305           else
11306             F.erase();
11307         }
11308       }
11309       F.done();
11310 
11311       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11312       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11313       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11314         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11315         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11316             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11317       }
11318     }
11319 
11320     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11321     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11322       return nullptr;
11323 
11324     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11325       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11326       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11327       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11328       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11329       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11330         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11331     }
11332   }
11333 
11334   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11335       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11336     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11337     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11338     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11339     Previous.clear();
11340   }
11341 
11342   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11343       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11344     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11345     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11346 
11347     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11348       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11349       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11350       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11351       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11352     }
11353   }
11354 
11355   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11356   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11357   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11358   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11359   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11360       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11361     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11362     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11363 
11364     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11365       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11366       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11367       //
11368       //          class-key identifier
11369       //
11370       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11371       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11372       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11373       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11374       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11375       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11376       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11377       //      declaration.
11378       //
11379       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11380       // C structs and unions.
11381       //
11382       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11383       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11384       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11385       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11386       //
11387       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11388       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11389       //
11390       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11391       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11392       // lexical context,
11393       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11394         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11395 
11396       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11397       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11398              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11399               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11400              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11401              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11402         S = S->getParent();
11403     } else {
11404       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11405       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11406       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11407       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11408       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11409       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11410     }
11411 
11412     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11413     // diagnose some problems.
11414     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11415       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11416       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11417     }
11418   }
11419 
11420   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11421     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11422     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
11423         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
11424 
11425     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11426     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11427     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11428     // in C++.
11429     //
11430     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11431     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11432     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11433     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11434     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11435       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11436         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11437           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11438           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11439               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11440                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11441             PrevDecl = Tag;
11442             Previous.clear();
11443             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11444             Previous.resolveKind();
11445           }
11446         }
11447       }
11448     }
11449 
11450     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11451       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11452       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11453       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11454       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11455           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11456                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11457         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11458         // struct or something similar.
11459         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11460                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11461                                           *Name)) {
11462           bool SafeToContinue
11463             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11464                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11465           if (SafeToContinue)
11466             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11467               << Name
11468               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11469                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11470           else
11471             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11472           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11473 
11474           if (SafeToContinue)
11475             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11476           else {
11477             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11478             Name = nullptr;
11479             Previous.clear();
11480             Invalid = true;
11481           }
11482         }
11483 
11484         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11485           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11486 
11487           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11488           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11489           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11490             if (ScopedEnum)
11491               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11492                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11493                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11494             return PrevTagDecl;
11495           }
11496 
11497           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11498           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11499             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11500           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11501             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11502 
11503           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11504           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11505           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11506           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11507                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11508             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11509         }
11510 
11511         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11512         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11513         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11514         //   and then later defined.
11515         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11516             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11517           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11518           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11519         }
11520 
11521         if (!Invalid) {
11522           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11523           // we have attributes.
11524 
11525           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11526           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11527           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11528           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11529           if (!Attr &&
11530               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11531                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11532                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11533             return PrevTagDecl;
11534 
11535           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11536           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11537             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11538               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11539               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11540               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11541               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11542               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11543                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11544                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11545                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11546                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11547                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11548                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11549                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11550                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11551               }
11552 
11553               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
11554                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
11555                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
11556                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
11557                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
11558                 else
11559                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
11560                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11561                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
11562                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
11563                 // references get the previous definition.
11564                 Name = nullptr;
11565                 Previous.clear();
11566                 Invalid = true;
11567               }
11568             } else {
11569               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
11570               // about a nested redefinition.
11571               const TagType *Tag
11572                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
11573               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11574                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
11575                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
11576                      diag::note_previous_definition);
11577                 Name = nullptr;
11578                 Previous.clear();
11579                 Invalid = true;
11580               }
11581             }
11582 
11583             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
11584             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
11585           }
11586 
11587           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
11588           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
11589           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
11590           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11591             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
11592             AS = AS_none;
11593           }
11594         }
11595         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
11596         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
11597 
11598       } else {
11599         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11600         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11601         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11602         // have distinct types.
11603         Previous.clear();
11604       }
11605       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11606       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11607       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11608 
11609 
11610     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11611     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11612     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11613     } else {
11614       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11615       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11616       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11617       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11618           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11619         unsigned Kind = 0;
11620         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11621         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11622         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11623         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11624         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11625         Invalid = true;
11626 
11627       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11628       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11629                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11630         // do nothing
11631 
11632       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11633       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11634         unsigned Kind = 0;
11635         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11636         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11637         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11638         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11639         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11640         Invalid = true;
11641 
11642       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11643       // case here.
11644       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11645         unsigned Kind = 0;
11646         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11647         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11648           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11649         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11650         Invalid = true;
11651 
11652       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11653       } else {
11654         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11655         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11656         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11657         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11658         Name = nullptr;
11659         Invalid = true;
11660       }
11661 
11662       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11663       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11664       Previous.clear();
11665     }
11666   }
11667 
11668 CreateNewDecl:
11669 
11670   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11671   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11672     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11673 
11674   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11675   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11676   // keyword.
11677   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11678 
11679   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11680   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11681   // PrevDecl.
11682   TagDecl *New;
11683 
11684   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11685   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11686     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11687     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11688     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11689                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11690                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11691     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11692     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11693       TagDecl *Def;
11694       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11695           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11696         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11697         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11698       }
11699       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11700         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11701           << New;
11702         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11703       } else {
11704         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11705         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11706           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11707         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11708           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11709         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11710 
11711         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11712         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11713         // the declaration context.
11714         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11715           IsForwardReference = true;
11716       }
11717     }
11718 
11719     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11720       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11721       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11722         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11723       else
11724         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11725       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11726     }
11727 
11728   } else {
11729     // struct/union/class
11730 
11731     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11732     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11733     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11734       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11735       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11736                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11737 
11738       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11739         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11740     } else
11741       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11742                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11743   }
11744 
11745   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11746   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11747   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11748     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11749       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11750     Invalid = true;
11751   }
11752 
11753   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11754   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11755     if (SS.isSet()) {
11756       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11757       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11758       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11759       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11760       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11761       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11762           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11763           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
11764         Invalid = true;
11765 
11766       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11767       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11768         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11769                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11770                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11771       }
11772     }
11773     else
11774       Invalid = true;
11775   }
11776 
11777   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11778     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11779     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11780     //
11781     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11782     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11783     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11784     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11785     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11786     // parsing of the struct).
11787     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11788       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11789       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11790     }
11791   }
11792 
11793   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11794     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11795       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11796         << 2
11797         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11798     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11799     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11800     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11801     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11802       New->setModulePrivate();
11803   }
11804 
11805   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11806   // check the specialization.
11807   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11808     Invalid = true;
11809 
11810   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11811   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11812   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11813   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11814       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11815     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11816       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
11817       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
11818       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
11819         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
11820             << Name;
11821         Invalid = true;
11822       }
11823     } else {
11824       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11825     }
11826     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11827   }
11828 
11829   if (Invalid)
11830     New->setInvalidDecl();
11831 
11832   if (Attr)
11833     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11834 
11835   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11836   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11837   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11838 
11839   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11840   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11841   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11842   // the tag name visible.
11843   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11844     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
11845 
11846   // Set the access specifier.
11847   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11848     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11849 
11850   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11851     New->startDefinition();
11852 
11853   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11854   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11855     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11856     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11857     if (PrevDecl)
11858       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11859 
11860     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11861     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11862     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11863       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11864         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11865   } else if (Name) {
11866     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11867     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11868     if (IsForwardReference)
11869       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11870 
11871   } else {
11872     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11873   }
11874 
11875   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11876   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11877     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11878         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11879         II->isStr("FILE"))
11880       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11881 
11882   if (PrevDecl)
11883     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11884 
11885   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11886   // record.
11887   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11888 
11889   OwnedDecl = true;
11890   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11891   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11892   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
11893 }
11894 
11895 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11896   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11897   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11898 
11899   // Enter the tag context.
11900   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11901 
11902   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11903 
11904   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11905   // record.
11906   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11907 }
11908 
11909 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11910   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11911          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11912   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11913   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11914       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11915   CurContext = OCD;
11916   return IDecl;
11917 }
11918 
11919 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11920                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11921                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11922                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11923   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11924   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11925 
11926   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11927 
11928   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11929     return;
11930 
11931   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11932     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11933                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11934 
11935   // C++ [class]p2:
11936   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11937   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11938   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11939   //   as if it were a public member name.
11940   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11941     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11942                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11943                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11944                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
11945                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11946   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11947   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11948   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11949   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11950       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11951   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11952   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11953          "Broken injected-class-name");
11954 }
11955 
11956 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11957                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11958   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11959   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11960   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11961 
11962   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11963   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11964     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11965     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11966       RD->completeDefinition();
11967   }
11968 
11969   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11970     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11971 
11972   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11973   PopDeclContext();
11974 
11975   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11976       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11977     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11978 
11979   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11980   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11981     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11982 }
11983 
11984 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11985   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11986   PopDeclContext();
11987 }
11988 
11989 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11990   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11991   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11992   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11993 }
11994 
11995 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11996   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11997   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
11998 }
11999 
12000 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
12001   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
12002   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
12003   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
12004 
12005   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
12006   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
12007     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
12008       RD->completeDefinition();
12009   }
12010 
12011   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
12012   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
12013   // the FieldCollector.
12014 
12015   PopDeclContext();
12016 }
12017 
12018 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
12019 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
12020                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
12021                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
12022                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
12023   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
12024   if (ZeroWidth)
12025     *ZeroWidth = true;
12026 
12027   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
12028   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
12029   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12030     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
12031     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
12032       return ExprError();
12033     if (FieldName)
12034       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
12035         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12036     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
12037       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
12038   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
12039                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
12040     return ExprError();
12041 
12042   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
12043   // it now.
12044   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
12045     return BitWidth;
12046 
12047   llvm::APSInt Value;
12048   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
12049   if (ICE.isInvalid())
12050     return ICE;
12051   BitWidth = ICE.get();
12052 
12053   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
12054     *ZeroWidth = false;
12055 
12056   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
12057   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
12058     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
12059 
12060   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
12061     if (FieldName)
12062       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12063                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
12064     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
12065       << Value.toString(10);
12066   }
12067 
12068   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
12069     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
12070     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
12071       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
12072           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12073         if (FieldName)
12074           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12075             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12076             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12077 
12078         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12079           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12080       }
12081 
12082       if (FieldName)
12083         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12084           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
12085           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12086       else
12087         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
12088           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
12089     }
12090   }
12091 
12092   return BitWidth;
12093 }
12094 
12095 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
12096 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
12097 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
12098                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
12099   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
12100                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
12101                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
12102   return Res;
12103 }
12104 
12105 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
12106 ///
12107 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
12108                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
12109                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
12110                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12111                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
12112   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12113   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12114   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12115 
12116   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12117   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12118   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12119     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
12120 
12121     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
12122                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
12123       D.setInvalidType();
12124       T = Context.IntTy;
12125       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
12126     }
12127   }
12128 
12129   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
12130   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
12131     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
12132     D.setInvalidType();
12133   }
12134 
12135   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
12136   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
12137   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
12138     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
12139     D.setInvalidType();
12140   }
12141 
12142   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
12143 
12144   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
12145     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
12146          diag::err_invalid_thread)
12147       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
12148 
12149   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
12150   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
12151   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
12152   LookupName(Previous, S);
12153   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
12154     case LookupResult::Found:
12155     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
12156       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
12157       break;
12158 
12159     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
12160       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
12161       break;
12162 
12163     case LookupResult::NotFound:
12164     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
12165     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
12166       break;
12167   }
12168   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
12169 
12170   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12171     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12172     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
12173     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12174     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12175   }
12176 
12177   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
12178     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12179 
12180   bool Mutable
12181     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
12182   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
12183   FieldDecl *NewFD
12184     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
12185                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
12186 
12187   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
12188     Record->setInvalidDecl();
12189 
12190   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12191     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
12192 
12193   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
12194     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
12195     // with the same name in the same scope.
12196   } else if (II) {
12197     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
12198   } else
12199     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
12200 
12201   return NewFD;
12202 }
12203 
12204 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
12205 ///
12206 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
12207 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
12208 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
12209 /// created.
12210 ///
12211 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
12212 ///
12213 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
12214 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
12215                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
12216                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
12217                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
12218                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
12219                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
12220                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
12221                                 Declarator *D) {
12222   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
12223   bool InvalidDecl = false;
12224   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
12225 
12226   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
12227   // marking this declaration as invalid.
12228   if (T.isNull()) {
12229     InvalidDecl = true;
12230     T = Context.IntTy;
12231   }
12232 
12233   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
12234   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12235     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12236       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
12237       Record->setInvalidDecl();
12238       InvalidDecl = true;
12239     } else {
12240       NamedDecl *Def;
12241       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
12242       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
12243         Record->setInvalidDecl();
12244         InvalidDecl = true;
12245       }
12246     }
12247   }
12248 
12249   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
12250   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12251     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
12252     InvalidDecl = true;
12253   }
12254 
12255   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12256   // than a variably modified type.
12257   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12258     bool SizeIsNegative;
12259     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
12260 
12261     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
12262       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
12263                                                     SizeIsNegative,
12264                                                     Oversized);
12265     if (FixedTInfo) {
12266       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
12267       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
12268       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
12269     } else {
12270       if (SizeIsNegative)
12271         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
12272       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
12273         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
12274           << Oversized.toString(10);
12275       else
12276         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
12277       InvalidDecl = true;
12278     }
12279   }
12280 
12281   // Fields can not have abstract class types
12282   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
12283                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12284                                              AbstractFieldType))
12285     InvalidDecl = true;
12286 
12287   bool ZeroWidth = false;
12288   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
12289   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
12290     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
12291                               &ZeroWidth).get();
12292     if (!BitWidth) {
12293       InvalidDecl = true;
12294       BitWidth = nullptr;
12295       ZeroWidth = false;
12296     }
12297   }
12298 
12299   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
12300   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
12301     unsigned DiagID = 0;
12302     if (T->isReferenceType())
12303       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
12304     else if (T.isConstQualified())
12305       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
12306 
12307     if (DiagID) {
12308       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12309       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12310         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12311       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12312       Mutable = false;
12313       InvalidDecl = true;
12314     }
12315   }
12316 
12317   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12318   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12319   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12320   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12321     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12322 
12323   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12324                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12325   if (InvalidDecl)
12326     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12327 
12328   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12329     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12330     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12331     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12332   }
12333 
12334   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12335     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12336       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12337         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12338         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12339           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12340           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12341           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12342           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12343           // objects.
12344           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12345             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12346         }
12347       }
12348 
12349       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12350       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12351       // enabled.
12352       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12353         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12354                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12355                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12356           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12357         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12358           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12359       }
12360     }
12361   }
12362 
12363   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12364   // representation, not a parser representation.
12365   if (D) {
12366     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12367     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12368 
12369     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12370       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12371   }
12372 
12373   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12374   // retainable type.
12375   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12376     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12377 
12378   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12379     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12380 
12381   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12382   return NewFD;
12383 }
12384 
12385 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12386   assert(FD);
12387   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12388 
12389   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12390     return false;
12391 
12392   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12393   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12394     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12395     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12396       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12397       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12398       // copy constructors.
12399 
12400       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12401       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12402       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12403       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12404       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12405       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12406       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12407         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12408       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12409         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12410       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12411         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12412       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12413         member = CXXDestructor;
12414 
12415       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12416         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12417             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12418           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12419           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12420           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12421           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12422           // members unavailable.
12423           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12424           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12425             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12426               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12427                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12428                                   Loc));
12429             return false;
12430           }
12431         }
12432 
12433         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12434                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12435                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12436           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12437         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12438         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12439       }
12440     }
12441   }
12442 
12443   return false;
12444 }
12445 
12446 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12447 ///  AST enum value.
12448 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12449 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12450   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12451   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12452   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12453   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12454   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12455   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12456   }
12457 }
12458 
12459 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12460 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12461 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12462                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12463                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12464                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12465 
12466   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12467   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12468   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12469   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12470 
12471   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12472   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12473 
12474   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12475   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12476 
12477   if (BitWidth) {
12478     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12479     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12480     if (!BitWidth)
12481       D.setInvalidType();
12482   } else {
12483     // Not a bitfield.
12484 
12485     // validate II.
12486 
12487   }
12488   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12489     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12490     D.setInvalidType();
12491   }
12492   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12493   // than a variably modified type.
12494   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12495     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12496     D.setInvalidType();
12497   }
12498 
12499   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12500   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12501     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12502                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12503   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12504   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12505   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12506     return nullptr;
12507   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12508   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12509       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12510     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12511     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12512       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12513       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12514     }
12515     else
12516       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12517   } else {
12518     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12519         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12520       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12521         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12522         return nullptr;
12523       }
12524     }
12525     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12526   }
12527 
12528   // Construct the decl.
12529   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12530                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12531                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12532 
12533   if (II) {
12534     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12535                                            ForRedeclaration);
12536     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12537         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12538       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12539       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12540       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12541     }
12542   }
12543 
12544   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12545   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12546 
12547   if (D.isInvalidType())
12548     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12549 
12550   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
12551   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
12552     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12553 
12554   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12555     NewID->setModulePrivate();
12556 
12557   if (II) {
12558     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
12559     // these to the interface.
12560     S->AddDecl(NewID);
12561     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
12562   }
12563 
12564   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
12565       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
12566     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
12567 
12568   return NewID;
12569 }
12570 
12571 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
12572 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
12573 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
12574 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
12575 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
12576                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
12577   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
12578     return;
12579 
12580   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
12581   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
12582 
12583   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
12584     return;
12585   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
12586   if (!ID) {
12587     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
12588       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
12589         return;
12590     }
12591     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
12592     else
12593       return;
12594   }
12595   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
12596   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
12597   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
12598 
12599   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
12600                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
12601                               Context.CharTy,
12602                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
12603                                                                DeclLoc),
12604                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
12605                               true);
12606   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
12607 }
12608 
12609 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12610                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12611                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12612   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12613 
12614   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12615   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12616   // it will now change.
12617   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12618     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12619     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12620     default: break;
12621     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12622       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12623       break;
12624     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12625       Context.
12626         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12627       break;
12628     }
12629   }
12630 
12631   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12632 
12633   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12634   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12635   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12636   if (Record) {
12637     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12638       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12639         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12640           ++NumNamedMembers;
12641     }
12642   }
12643 
12644   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12645   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12646 
12647   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12648   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12649        i != end; ++i) {
12650     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12651 
12652     // Get the type for the field.
12653     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12654 
12655     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12656       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12657       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12658     }
12659 
12660     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12661     // diagnostics about it.
12662     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12663       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12664       continue;
12665     }
12666 
12667     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12668     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12669     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12670     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12671     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12672     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12673     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12674     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12675     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12676     //   array.
12677     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12678       // Field declared as a function.
12679       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12680         << FD->getDeclName();
12681       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12682       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12683       continue;
12684     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12685                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12686                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12687                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12688                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12689       // Flexible array member.
12690       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12691       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12692       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12693       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12694       if (Record->isUnion())
12695         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12696                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12697                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12698                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12699                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12700       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12701         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12702                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12703                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12704                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12705                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12706                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12707                                  : 0;
12708 
12709       if (DiagID)
12710         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12711                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12712       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12713       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12714       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12715       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12716       // of the type.
12717       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12718         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12719           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12720             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12721       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12722         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12723           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12724 
12725       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12726       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12727       //
12728       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12729       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12730       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12731       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12732         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12733           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12734         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12735         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12736         continue;
12737       }
12738       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12739       Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12740     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12741                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12742                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12743       // Incomplete type
12744       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12745       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12746       continue;
12747     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12748       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12749         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
12750         // flexible array member.
12751         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12752         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
12753           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12754           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12755           // structures.
12756           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12757             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12758               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12759           else {
12760             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12761             // other structs as an extension.
12762             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12763               << FD->getDeclName();
12764           }
12765         }
12766       }
12767       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12768           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12769                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12770                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12771         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12772         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12773       }
12774       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12775         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12776       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12777         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12778     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12779       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12780       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12781         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12782       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12783       FD->setType(T);
12784     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12785                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12786       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12787       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12788       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12789       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12790       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12791       QualType T = FD->getType();
12792       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12793       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12794         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12795         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12796           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12797             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12798                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12799                               loc));
12800           }
12801         } else {
12802           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12803             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12804         }
12805         ARCErrReported = true;
12806       }
12807     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12808                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12809                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12810       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12811           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12812         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12813       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12814         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12815         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12816             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12817           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12818         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12819                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12820                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12821       }
12822     }
12823     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12824       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12825     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12826     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12827       ++NumNamedMembers;
12828   }
12829 
12830   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12831   if (Record) {
12832     bool Completed = false;
12833     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12834       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12835         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12836         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12837                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12838                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12839           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12840 
12841         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12842           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12843             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12844             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12845               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12846                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12847           }
12848 
12849           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12850           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12851 
12852           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12853           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12854           // problem now.
12855           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12856             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12857             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12858 
12859             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12860                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12861                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12862               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12863                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12864                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12865                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12866                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12867                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12868                   continue;
12869 
12870                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12871                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12872                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12873                 //   program is ill-formed.
12874                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12875                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12876                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12877                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12878                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12879                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12880                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12881                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12882                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12883                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12884 
12885                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12886               }
12887             }
12888             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12889             Completed = true;
12890           }
12891         }
12892       }
12893     }
12894 
12895     if (!Completed)
12896       Record->completeDefinition();
12897 
12898     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12899       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12900 
12901       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12902         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12903                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12904                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12905     }
12906 
12907     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12908     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12909     // compatibility problems.
12910     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12911     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12912       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12913     } else {
12914       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12915       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12916       CheckForZeroSize =
12917           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12918           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12919           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12920     }
12921     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12922       bool ZeroSize = true;
12923       bool IsEmpty = true;
12924       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12925       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12926                                       E = Record->field_end();
12927            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12928         IsEmpty = false;
12929         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12930           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12931             ZeroSize = false;
12932         } else {
12933           ++NonBitFields;
12934           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12935           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12936               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12937             ZeroSize = false;
12938         }
12939       }
12940 
12941       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12942       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12943       // extern "C" block.
12944       if (ZeroSize) {
12945         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12946                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12947                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12948           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12949       }
12950 
12951       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12952       // but are accepted by GCC.
12953       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12954         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12955                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12956           << Record->isUnion();
12957       }
12958     }
12959   } else {
12960     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12961       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12962     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12963       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12964       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12965       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12966         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12967         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12968       }
12969       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12970       // duplicates.
12971       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12972         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12973     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12974                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12975       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12976       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12977         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12978         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12979         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12980       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12981       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12982       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12983     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12984                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12985       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12986       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12987       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12988       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12989       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12990       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12991       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12992       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12993         if (IDecl) {
12994           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12995               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12996             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12997                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12998             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12999             continue;
13000           }
13001           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
13002             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
13003                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
13004               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
13005                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
13006               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13007               continue;
13008             }
13009           }
13010         }
13011         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
13012         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
13013       }
13014       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
13015       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
13016     }
13017   }
13018 
13019   if (Attr)
13020     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
13021 }
13022 
13023 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
13024 /// the given type T.
13025 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
13026                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
13027                                         QualType T) {
13028   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13029   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
13030 
13031   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
13032     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
13033       --BitWidth;
13034     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
13035   }
13036   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
13037 }
13038 
13039 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
13040 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
13041 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
13042   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
13043   // enum checking below.
13044   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
13045   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
13046   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13047     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
13048   };
13049   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
13050     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
13051     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
13052   };
13053 
13054   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
13055   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
13056                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
13057   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
13058     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
13059       return Types[I];
13060 
13061   return QualType();
13062 }
13063 
13064 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
13065                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
13066                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
13067                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
13068                                           Expr *Val) {
13069   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13070   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
13071   QualType EltTy;
13072 
13073   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
13074     Val = nullptr;
13075 
13076   if (Val)
13077     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
13078 
13079   if (Val) {
13080     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
13081       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13082     else {
13083       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
13084       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
13085           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13086         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
13087         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
13088         // constant expression of the underlying type.
13089         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13090         ExprResult Converted =
13091           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
13092                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
13093         if (Converted.isInvalid())
13094           Val = nullptr;
13095         else
13096           Val = Converted.get();
13097       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
13098                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
13099                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
13100         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
13101       } else {
13102         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13103           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13104 
13105           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
13106           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
13107           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
13108           // expression checking.
13109           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13110             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
13111               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13112               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13113             } else
13114               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
13115           } else
13116             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13117         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13118           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
13119           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13120           //   is the type of its initializing value:
13121           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
13122           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
13123           EltTy = Val->getType();
13124         } else {
13125           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
13126           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
13127           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
13128           //   representable as an int.
13129 
13130           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
13131           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
13132             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13133               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
13134               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
13135           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
13136             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
13137             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
13138           }
13139           EltTy = Val->getType();
13140         }
13141       }
13142     }
13143   }
13144 
13145   if (!Val) {
13146     if (Enum->isDependentType())
13147       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
13148     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
13149       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13150       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13151       //   is the type of its initializing value:
13152       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
13153       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
13154       //
13155       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
13156       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
13157       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13158         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
13159       }
13160       else {
13161         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
13162       }
13163     } else {
13164       // Assign the last value + 1.
13165       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13166       ++EnumVal;
13167       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
13168 
13169       // Check for overflow on increment.
13170       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
13171         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
13172         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
13173         //   is the type of its initializing value:
13174         //
13175         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
13176         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
13177         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
13178         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
13179         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
13180         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
13181         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
13182         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
13183           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
13184           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
13185           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13186           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
13187           ++EnumVal;
13188           if (Enum->isFixed())
13189             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
13190             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
13191               << EnumVal.toString(10)
13192               << EltTy;
13193           else
13194             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
13195               << EnumVal.toString(10);
13196         } else {
13197           EltTy = T;
13198         }
13199 
13200         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
13201         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
13202         // value, then increment.
13203         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
13204         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13205         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13206         ++EnumVal;
13207 
13208         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
13209         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
13210         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
13211         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
13212         // integral type.
13213         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
13214           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
13215       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13216                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
13217         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
13218         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
13219           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
13220       }
13221     }
13222   }
13223 
13224   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
13225     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
13226     // enumerator's type.
13227     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
13228     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
13229   }
13230 
13231   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
13232                                   Val, EnumVal);
13233 }
13234 
13235 
13236 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
13237                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
13238                               AttributeList *Attr,
13239                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
13240   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
13241   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
13242     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
13243 
13244   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
13245   // we find one that is.
13246   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
13247 
13248   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
13249   // scope.
13250   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
13251                                          ForRedeclaration);
13252   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13253     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13254     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
13255     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13256     PrevDecl = nullptr;
13257   }
13258 
13259   if (PrevDecl) {
13260     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
13261     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
13262     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
13263            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
13264     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
13265       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
13266         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
13267       else
13268         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
13269       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
13270       return nullptr;
13271     }
13272   }
13273 
13274   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
13275   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
13276   // different from T:
13277   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
13278   // enumerated type
13279   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
13280                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
13281                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13282     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
13283         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
13284       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
13285 
13286   EnumConstantDecl *New =
13287     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
13288 
13289   if (New) {
13290     // Process attributes.
13291     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
13292 
13293     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
13294     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
13295     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
13296   }
13297 
13298   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
13299 
13300   return New;
13301 }
13302 
13303 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
13304 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13305 // Element2 = Element1
13306 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13307 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13308 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13309 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13310   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13311   if (!InitExpr)
13312     return true;
13313   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13314 
13315   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13316     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13317       return true;
13318     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13319     if (!IL)
13320       return true;
13321     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13322       return true;
13323 
13324     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13325   }
13326 
13327   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13328   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13329   if (!DRE)
13330     return true;
13331 
13332   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13333   if (!EnumConstant)
13334     return true;
13335 
13336   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13337       Enum)
13338     return true;
13339 
13340   return false;
13341 }
13342 
13343 struct DupKey {
13344   int64_t val;
13345   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13346   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13347     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13348 };
13349 
13350 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13351   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13352                 false);
13353 }
13354 
13355 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13356   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13357   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13358   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13359     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13360   }
13361   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13362     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13363            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13364   }
13365 };
13366 
13367 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13368 // a previous element has already been set to.
13369 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13370                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13371                                         QualType EnumType) {
13372   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13373     return;
13374   // Avoid anonymous enums
13375   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13376     return;
13377 
13378   // Only check for small enums.
13379   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13380     return;
13381 
13382   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13383   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13384 
13385   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13386   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13387           ValueToVectorMap;
13388 
13389   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13390   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13391 
13392   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13393   // an initialier.
13394   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13395     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13396 
13397     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13398     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13399     if (!ECD) {
13400       return;
13401     }
13402 
13403     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13404       continue;
13405 
13406     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13407     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13408 
13409     // First time encountering this value.
13410     if (Entry.isNull())
13411       Entry = ECD;
13412   }
13413 
13414   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13415   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13416     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13417     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13418       continue;
13419 
13420     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13421 
13422     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13423     if (Entry.isNull())
13424       continue;
13425 
13426     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13427       // Ensure constants are different.
13428       if (D == ECD)
13429         continue;
13430 
13431       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13432       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13433       Vec->push_back(D);
13434       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13435 
13436       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13437       Entry = Vec;
13438 
13439       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13440       // diagnostics.
13441       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13442       continue;
13443     }
13444 
13445     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13446     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13447     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13448       continue;
13449 
13450     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13451   }
13452 
13453   // Emit diagnostics.
13454   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13455                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13456        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13457     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13458     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13459 
13460     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13461     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13462     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13463       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13464       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13465     ++I;
13466 
13467     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13468     // the same value.
13469     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13470       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13471         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13472         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13473     delete Vec;
13474   }
13475 }
13476 
13477 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
13478                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
13479                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13480                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
13481   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
13482   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
13483 
13484   if (Attr)
13485     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
13486 
13487   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
13488     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13489       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13490         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13491       if (!ECD) continue;
13492 
13493       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13494     }
13495 
13496     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
13497     return;
13498   }
13499 
13500   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
13501   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
13502   // emit a warning.
13503   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13504   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
13505   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
13506 
13507   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
13508   // reverse the list.
13509   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
13510   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
13511 
13512   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
13513   bool AllElementsInt = true;
13514 
13515   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13516     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13517       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13518     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13519 
13520     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13521 
13522     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
13523     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
13524       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
13525                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
13526     else
13527       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
13528                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
13529 
13530     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
13531     if (AllElementsInt)
13532       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
13533   }
13534 
13535   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
13536   QualType BestType;
13537   unsigned BestWidth;
13538 
13539   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
13540   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
13541   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
13542   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
13543   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
13544   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
13545   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
13546   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
13547   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
13548   QualType BestPromotionType;
13549 
13550   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
13551   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
13552   // enum definitions.
13553   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
13554     Packed = true;
13555 
13556   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13557     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
13558     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
13559       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
13560     else
13561       BestPromotionType = BestType;
13562     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
13563     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
13564     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
13565     BestWidth = CharWidth;
13566   }
13567   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
13568     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
13569     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
13570     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13571     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
13572       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
13573       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13574     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
13575                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
13576       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
13577       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13578     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
13579       BestType = Context.IntTy;
13580       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13581     } else {
13582       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
13583 
13584       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
13585         BestType = Context.LongTy;
13586       } else {
13587         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13588 
13589         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
13590           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
13591         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
13592       }
13593     }
13594     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
13595   } else {
13596     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
13597     // all of the enumerator values.
13598     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13599     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
13600       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
13601       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13602       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13603     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
13604       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13605       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13606       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13607     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13608       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13609       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13610       BestPromotionType
13611         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13612                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13613     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13614                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13615       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13616       BestPromotionType
13617         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13618                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13619     } else {
13620       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13621       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13622              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13623       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13624       BestPromotionType
13625         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13626                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13627     }
13628   }
13629 
13630   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13631   // the type of the enum if needed.
13632   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13633     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13634     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13635 
13636     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13637     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13638     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13639     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13640     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13641 
13642     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13643     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13644 
13645     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13646     // the enum decl type.
13647     QualType NewTy;
13648     unsigned NewWidth;
13649     bool NewSign;
13650     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13651         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13652         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13653       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13654       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13655       NewSign = true;
13656     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13657       // Already the right type!
13658       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13659         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13660         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13661         // enumeration.
13662         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13663       continue;
13664     } else {
13665       NewTy = BestType;
13666       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13667       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13668     }
13669 
13670     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13671     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13672     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13673     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13674 
13675     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13676     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13677         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13678       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13679                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13680                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13681                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
13682                                                 VK_RValue));
13683     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13684       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13685       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13686       // enumeration.
13687       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13688     else
13689       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13690   }
13691 
13692   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13693                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13694 
13695   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13696 
13697   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
13698   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
13699     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
13700 }
13701 
13702 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
13703                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13704                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13705   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13706 
13707   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13708                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13709                                                    EndLoc);
13710   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13711   return New;
13712 }
13713 
13714 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13715                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13716                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13717   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13718     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13719     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13720       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13721         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13722           << M->getFullModuleName();
13723         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13724         return;
13725       }
13726       break;
13727     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13728       break;
13729     }
13730     DC = LSD->getParent();
13731   }
13732 
13733   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13734     DC = DC->getParent();
13735   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13736     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13737       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
13738     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
13739            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13740       << DC;
13741   }
13742 }
13743 
13744 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
13745                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13746                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
13747   Module *Mod =
13748       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
13749                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
13750   if (!Mod)
13751     return true;
13752 
13753   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
13754 
13755   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
13756   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
13757   // silently ignoring the import.
13758   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
13759     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
13760         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
13761   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
13762     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
13763         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
13764 
13765   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
13766   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
13767   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
13768     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
13769     // We need the length to be consistent.
13770     if (!ModCheck)
13771       break;
13772     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13773 
13774     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13775   }
13776 
13777   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13778                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13779                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13780                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13781   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13782   return Import;
13783 }
13784 
13785 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13786   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
13787 
13788   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13789   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13790                                       /*Complain=*/true);
13791 }
13792 
13793 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
13794                                                       Module *Mod) {
13795   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
13796   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
13797     return;
13798 
13799   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13800   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13801   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13802                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13803   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13804   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13805 
13806   // Make the module visible.
13807   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13808                                       /*Complain=*/false);
13809 }
13810 
13811 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13812                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13813                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13814                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13815                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13816   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13817                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13818   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13819                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13820 
13821   if (PrevDecl)
13822     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13823   else
13824     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13825       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13826 }
13827 
13828 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13829                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13830                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13831   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13832 
13833   if (PrevDecl) {
13834     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13835   } else {
13836     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13837       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13838         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
13839   }
13840 }
13841 
13842 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13843                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13844                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13845                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13846                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13847   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13848                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13849   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13850 
13851   if (PrevDecl) {
13852     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13853       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13854         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13855   } else {
13856     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13857       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13858   }
13859 }
13860 
13861 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13862   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13863 }
13864 
13865 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13866   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13867   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13868   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13869   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13870   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13871   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13872   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13873     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13874     if (R != AR_Available)
13875       return R;
13876     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13877   }
13878   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13879   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13880   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13881             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13882     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13883   }
13884   // Recover from user error.
13885   return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available;
13886 }
13887